Document:

Exhibit 10.1

 

 

OFFSHORE DRILLING CONTRACT No. PBA 3

 

 

BETWEEN

 

 

SCS Corporation Limited, a wholly owned subsidiary of Hyperdynamics Corporation

 

 

AND

 

 

PACIFIC DRILLING OPERATIONS LIMITED

 

Utilizing the “Pacific Bora”

 

 

Effective Date: 28 November, 2016

 

 

 

 

OFFSHORE DRILLING CONTRACT No. PBA 3

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	
SECTION
    	
 
    	
PAGE
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
RECITALS
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
AGREEMENT
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
1.
    	
DEFINITIONS, INTERPRETATION,   AND EXHIBITS
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
2.
    	
PERFORMANCE OF THE   SERVICES
    	
7
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
3.
    	
TERM OF THE CONTRACT;   TERMINATION AND SUSPENSION PROVISIONS
    	
10
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
4.
    	
REPRESENTATIONS AND   WARRANTIES
    	
13
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
5.
    	
SAFETY
    	
14
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
6.
    	
SECURITY
    	
15
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
7.
    	
CONTRACTOR’S PERSONNEL   AND EQUIPMENT
    	
16
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
8.
    	
ITEMS TO BE FURNISHED   BY COMPANY
    	
19
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
9.
    	
COMPENSATION
    	
20
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
10.
    	
REIMBURSEMENTS TO   CONTRACTOR
    	
24
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
11.
    	
FINANCIAL MATTERS
    	
25
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
12.
    	
ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS
    	
27
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
13.
    	
RECORDS AND INSPECTION
    	
29
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
14.
    	
TAXES
    	
29
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
15.
    	
IMPORT/EXPORT   OBLIGATIONS
    	
30
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
16.
    	
CLAIMS, LIABILITIES AND   INDEMNITIES
    	
32
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
17.
    	
INSURANCE
    	
37
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
18.
    	
OWNERSHIP OF   INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY
    	
37
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
19.
    	
BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP
    	
38
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
20.
    	
ASSIGNMENT
    	
38
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
21.
    	
FORCE MAJEURE
    	
39
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
22.
    	
GOVERNING LAW AND   RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES
    	
40
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
23.
    	
NOTICES,   REPRESENTATIVES AND CONTACT INFORMATION
    	
41
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
24.
    	
THIRD PARTY RIGHTS
    	
42
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
25.
    	
GENERAL PROVISIONS
    	
42
    

 

i

 

EXHIBITS

 

EXHIBIT A — SCOPE OF WORK

 

Attachment A1 — Drilling Unit and Ancillary Equipment Specifications

Attachment A2 — Equipment, Supplies, Material and Services to be Furnished by Company and Contractor

Attachment A3 — Personnel to be Furnished by Contractor

Attachment A4 — Drilling Unit Inspection and Acceptance Requirements

Attachment A5 — Contractor Safety Management System

 

EXHIBIT B — DRUG AND ALCOHOL POLICY

 

EXHIBIT C — INSURANCE

 

EXHIBIT D — COMPENSATION

 

EXHIBIT E — CHANGE OF LOCALE (NOT USED)

 

EXHIBIT F — PARENT COMPANY GUARANTEE

 

ii

 

DRILLING CONTRACT No. PBA 3

 

This OFFSHORE DRILLING CONTRACT (“Contract”) dated as of 28 November 2016 (the “Effective Date”) is made by and between SCS Corporation Limited (“Company”), a wholly owned subsidiary of Hyperdynamics Corporation, a Delaware corporation, with offices at 12012 Wickchester Lane, Houston, Texas 77079 and Pacific Drilling Operations Limited, a British Virgin Islands Company, with representative offices at 11700 Katy Freeway, Suite 175, Houston, Texas 77079 (“Contractor”).

 

RECITALS

 

WHEREAS Company desires and has the legal rights to carry out drilling operations in the Area of Operations;

 

WHEREAS Contractor is a drilling contractor capable of carrying out the Services in the manner and the locations specified in this Contract; and

 

WHEREAS, Company desires to engage Contractor to perform the Services.

 

NOW THEREFORE in consideration of the mutual promises set out in this Contract, and other good and valuable consideration, the receipt and sufficiency of which is acknowledged, Company and Contractor agree as follows:

 

AGREEMENT

 

1.                                      DEFINITIONS, INTERPRETATION, AND EXHIBITS

 

1.1                               Definitions.  As used in this Contract, the following capitalized terms shall have the meanings ascribed to them in this Section 1.1.  Any capitalized terms used in this Contract, but not defined in this Section 1.1 shall have the meanings ascribed to them herein:

 

“Affiliate” means any legal entity which controls, is controlled by, or is under common control with, another legal entity.  An entity is deemed to “control” another if it owns directly or indirectly at least fifty percent (50%) of either of the following:

 

(A)                               The shares entitled to vote at a general election of directors of such other entity.

 

(B)                               The voting interest in such other entity if such entity does not have either shares or directors.

 

“Applicable Laws” means laws, regulations, statutes, codes, rules, orders, permits, policies, licenses, certifications, decrees, standards or interpretations imposed by any governmental authority that apply to this Contract, including those applying within the Area of Operations or the Country where the Services are performed.

 

“Area of Operations” means the area described in Exhibit A — Scope of Work, a diagram of which is included in Exhibit A — Scope of Work, and any other area within Company’s operational control where Contractor agrees to perform the Services.

 

“BOP” means blow out preventer.

 

1

 

“BOP Stack” means wellhead connector, BOP, LMRP, pods and subsea flex joint.

 

“Claim” means any claim, liability, loss, demand, damages, Lien, cause of action of any kind, order, subpoena, obligation, cost, royalty, fee, assessment, duty, charge, penalty, fine, judgment, interest and award (including recoverable legal counsel fees and costs of litigation of the Person asserting the Claim).

 

“Commencement Date” means the date on which all of the following requirements have been satisfied:

 

(A)                               All inspections specified in Attachment A4 to Exhibit A — Scope of Work performed in accordance with Section 7.2(B) of this Contract have been completed.

 

(B)                               Contractor has obtained all necessary customs clearances, permits and licenses that Contractor must have in order to conduct the Services, except as referenced in Exhibit A — Scope of Work.

 

(E)                                The Drilling Unit is ready to commence Services as specified in Exhibit A — Scope of Work.

 

“Company” means the Person defined as “Company” in the introductory paragraph of this Contract.

 

“Company Background Technology” means technical information and know-how, including any invention, improvement or discovery, whether or not patentable, that is conceived, owned or controlled by Company prior to the Effective Date or that is generated or created by Company independently of this Contract during or after the Term of this Contract, including any patent rights which claim such technical information, know-how, or both.

 

“Company Contract Information” means all information (including business, technical, Company Background Technology, and other information) that is provided to Contractor by Company for the purposes of performing Services under this Contract, but does not include information that is any of the following:

 

(A)                               Contractor Background Technology.

 

(B)                               Available generally to the public through no act or omission of Contractor Group.

 

(C)                               Independently made available to Contractor by a third party with a legal right to disclose that information without restriction.

 

“Company Group” means Company, Company’s Affiliates, Company’s Contractors and Subcontractors of any tier, Joint Interest Owners and their Affiliates, and the directors, officers, employees, agents, assigns, representatives, consultants and insurers of all of them, and any other Person (excluding Contractor Group) whose presence in the Area of Operations is by invitation of any member of Company Group.

 

“Company Items” has the meaning set forth in Section 8.1.

 

2

 

“Company Operations Base” means the location, if one is listed in Exhibit A — Scope of Work, from which Company stages its operations for the drilling program being conducted under this Contract.

 

“Company Representative” means the person identified as the Company Representative, as set out in the Exhibit A — Scope of Work, or any other person replacing that individual as Company Representative in accordance with Section 23.2(B).

 

“Contract” means this Contract as defined in the introductory paragraph of this Contract.

 

“Contractor” means the Person defined as “Contractor” in the introductory paragraph of this Contract.

 

“Contractor Background Technology” means technical information and know-how, including any invention, improvement or discovery, whether or not patentable, that is conceived, owned or controlled by Contractor prior to the Effective Date or that is generated or created by Contractor independently of this Contract during or after the Term of this Contract, including any patent rights which claim such technical information, know-how, or both.

 

“Contractor Contract Information” means all information (including business, technical, Contractor Background Technology, and other information) that is provided to Company by Contractor for the purposes of this Contract, but does not include information that is any of the following:

 

(A)                               Company Background Technology.

 

(B)                               Available generally to the public through no act or omission of Company Group.

 

(C)                               Independently made available to Company by a third party with a legal right to disclose that information without restriction.

 

“Contractor Group” means (individually and collectively) Contractor, its and their Affiliated Companies, partners, parent companies, subsidiaries, interrelated companies, joint venturers, and contractors and subcontractors of any tier (other than Company and its contractors and subcontractors), and the respective directors, officers, employees, agents, assigns, representatives, managers, consultants, invitees and insurers of all of the foregoing, and any and all vessels owned, chartered, managed, or operated by Contractor, including the Drilling Unit.

 

“Contractor Representative” means the person identified as Contractor Representative, as set out in the Exhibit A — Scope of Work to this Contract, or any other person replacing that individual as Contractor Representative in accordance with Section 23.2(B).

 

“Country” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit A — Scope of Work.

 

“Currency” has the meaning set forth in Exhibit D — Compensation.

 

“Defense Costs” includes attorneys’ fees, court costs, expert fees and mediation and arbitration expenses.

 

3

 

“Dispute” means any dispute or controversy (including non-contractual claims) arising directly or indirectly out of the performance of the Services of the Contract, including a Claim under this Contract and any dispute or controversy regarding this Contract.

 

“Downhole Equipment” means Drill String components, including drill pipe, bottom hole assembly components, fishing tools, specialty tools and drill stem testing tools.

 

“DP” means dynamic positioning.

 

“Drill String” has the meaning set forth in Section 7.2(E).

 

“Drilling Unit” means the drilling rig and its ancillary equipment used for the Services, as described in Attachment A1 to Exhibit A — Scope of Work.

 

“Effective Date” means the date defined as “Effective Date” in the introductory paragraph of this Contract.

 

“Government Official” means any officer or employee of any government (including federal, state, local municipal and national governments, and any governmental department, agency, company or other instrumentality) or Public International Organization, or any political party official or any candidate for political office.

 

“Improper Benefit” has the meaning set forth in Section 12.3.

 

“Initial Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

 

“Joint Interest Owner” means a Person (including a co-interest owner, joint venturer, partner or co-lessee of Company) who shares an economic interest in common with Company or an Affiliate of Company in relation to the Area of Operations.

 

“Lien” means charge, encumbrance or similar right available to creditors at law to secure debts owed to them.

 

“LMRP” means lower marine riser package.

 

“Mobilization Delivery Point” for the Drilling Unit means the location specified in Exhibit A — Scope of Work.

 

“Party” means Company or Contractor and “Parties” mean both of them.

 

“Payroll Burden” has the meaning given in Exhibit D — Compensation.

 

“Person” means an individual, corporation, company, association, partnership, state, statutory corporation, government entity or any other legal entity.

 

“Personnel Home Base” means the location from which Contractor normally mobilizes its personnel at the commencement of their work rotation, and may vary from individual to individual.

 

“Personnel Rates” means the day rates for Contractor’s personnel as specified in Attachment A3 to Exhibit A — Scope of Work.

 

4

 

“Personnel Staging Location”, if one is specified in Exhibit A — Scope of Work, means the point from which Contractor’s personnel will be transported to the well location where the Services are to be provided. The Personnel Staging Location may be designated as one location for expatriate, other approved Contractor personnel and Subcontractors, and another location for the remainder of Contractor’s workforce.

 

“Point of Demobilization” for the Drilling Unit means the location specified in Exhibit A — Scope of Work.

 

“Point of Origin” for the Drilling Unit means the location specified in Exhibit A — Scope of Work.

 

“Pollution” means a continuous or intermittent seepage, release, spill, leak, dumping or discharge of whatever nature or kind of gaseous, semi-solid, solid or liquid materials.

 

“Port of Entry” if one is specified in Exhibit A — Scope of Work, means the point where Contractor’s Drilling Unit and other equipment will clear customs upon entry into the Country.

 

“Property” of a Person means property owned, leased or furnished by that Person or in which that Person has an economic interest.

 

“Public International Organization” means an international organization formed by states, governments, or other public international organizations, whatever the form of organization and scope of competence.

 

“Records” means information in any recorded form such as contracts, financial accounts, purchase orders, invoices, tax receipts, manifests, personnel records, timesheets, payroll records, inspection records maintained in connection with this Contract.

 

“Service Rates” means the compensation to be paid Contractor for the Services and activities described in Section 9 and Exhibit D — Compensation.

 

“Services” means rig modifications, operational procedures and drilling / well control procedures for offshore drilling, as well as suspending, abandoning, sidetracking (which includes the drilling of multilateral wells), logging, testing, completion, deepening, installing Subsea Equipment or completions, fishing, piling and workovers and other work to be performed by Contractor under this Contract. The Services are further described in Exhibit A — Scope of Work and the various Attachments thereto.

 

“Subcontractor” means any Person who is engaged by Contractor or by Company to provide the Services (other than a Person engaged as an employee).

 

“Subsea Equipment” means only the riser (excluding the riser tensioner system), slip joint, subsea flex joint, flexible and hydraulic hoses, subsea guidelines, choke and kill lines, LMRP and pods, BOP, BOP Stack, the wellhead connector, guidance funnels, guide lineless re-entry assembly and associated equipment, sensors and lines while below the rotary table.  Subsea Equipment specifically excludes DP equipment.

 

“Surface Equipment” means all of Contractor’s equipment that is not defined as Subsea Equipment, regardless of whether such Surface Equipment is above or below the surface

 

5

 

of the water, such as DP equipment. Surface Equipment includes Downhole Equipment while it is not in the hole, i.e. above the rotary table, but does not include Downhole Equipment while it is in the hole, i.e. below the rotary table.

 

“Term” has the meaning set forth in Section 3.1.

 

“Transaction Taxes” means any value added tax, goods and services tax, sales tax, excise tax or other similar taxes.

 

“Well Event” means a blowout of a well or other uncontrolled well related incident that arises out of this Contract.

 

“Well Event Control Costs” means all of the following:

 

(A)                               The cost of regaining or attempting to regain control of a well following a Well Event affecting that well, including drilling of wells used for pressure relief to regain control and extinguishing or attempting to extinguish fires resulting from that Well Event.

 

(B)                               The cost of restoring, re-drilling or plugging and abandoning a well where restoration, re-drilling or plugging and abandoning is necessary because of a Well Event.

 

(C)                               Loss of oil or gas resulting from a Well Event.

 

(D)                               Damage to the hole, the formation, strata or reservoir resulting from a Well Event.

 

(E)                                Claims for control, cleanup, removal, assessments, damage to natural resources, and Third Party (as defined in Section 16) property damage from Pollution resulting from a Well Event.

 

1.2                               Exhibits.

 

(A)                               All of the Exhibits and the attachments that are attached to the body of this Contract are an integral part of this Contract and are incorporated by reference into this Contract, including:

 

(1)                                 Exhibit A — Scope of Work and its Attachments.

 

(2)                                 Exhibit B — Weapons, Drug and Alcohol Policy.

 

(3)                                 Exhibit C — Insurance.

 

(4)                                 Exhibit D — Compensation.

 

(5)                                 Exhibit E — Change of Locale (NOT USED).

 

(6)                                 Exhibit F — Parent Company Guarantee.

 

6

 

(B)                               If a conflict exists between the body of this Contract and the Exhibits attached hereto, the language in the body of this Contract prevails to the extent of the conflict.

 

(C)                               If a conflict exists between the Exhibits or within an Exhibit as they apply to Contractor, the explicit provision that imposes the more onerous obligation on Contractor prevails to the extent of the conflict.

 

2.                                      PERFORMANCE OF THE SERVICES

 

2.1                               Operational Performance.  Upon arrival of the Drilling Unit at the well location, Contractor shall promptly commence performing the Services.

 

2.2                               Designation of the Well Locations; Access to Well Locations.

 

(A)                               Designation of the Well Locations.  The Area of Operations or the locations of wells will be designated in Exhibit A — Scope of Work.  Company shall select, survey, mark, and provide coordinates of the well locations in accordance with Contractor’s requirements and shall provide Contractor with information for each proposed well location as per the provisions of Section 2.2(B).  Contractor has the right to review such information and request additional information and data until the Contractor is fully satisfied that all required information has been provided.

 

(B)                               Access to Well Locations.

 

(1)                                 Company shall provide Contractor with suitable access to and egress from the well locations.  Company shall survey, or have surveyed by a third party, each well location with digital global positioning system or other appropriate means, along with bathymetric data needed by Contractor to perform drift in operations.

 

(2)                                 Company shall obtain permissions necessary to enter the Area of Operations to operate at the drilling location selected by Company.

 

(3)                                 Company shall provide detailed and accurate information relative to sea bottom conditions, at the drilling location including information from marine well site surveys contracted by Company for the drilling location.

 

(4)                                 Company shall provide the Drilling Unit with well locations free of obstacles and obstructions and provide a conductor pipe program adequate to prevent soil and subsoil washout.

 

2.3                               Mobilization and Drilling Unit Movements.  Contractor shall direct the mobilization and movement of the Drilling Unit, including positioning the Drilling Unit at each drilling location.

 

2.4                               Running and Cementing of Casing.  Contractor shall assist Company’s other contractors to run and cement casing of the sizes and at the approximate depths as directed by Company or run and cement the casing strings itself, at Company’s cost.  Contractor will keep thread protectors on the casing until it is removed from the racks to

 

7

 

be run into the hole and apply a suitable pipe thread lubricant as the casing string is made up.  Contractor will preserve all protectors, and after the well is completed, reinstall the protectors on any casing remaining on location.  After cement has set, the casing and cement job shall be pressure-tested in a manner and with results satisfactory to Company.  If the results of this test are not satisfactory to Company, Contractor shall perform Services as suggested and overseen by Company to remedy the cause of the unsatisfactory results and shall continue its efforts until results satisfactory to Company are achieved.

 

2.5                               Fluids Program.  Contractor shall assist Company’s other contractors to make, maintain and use drilling mud or completion fluids with appropriate properties for the well, including weight loss, viscosity and other general characteristics in accordance with such fluids program as Company may designate, subject only to safety considerations pursuant to Section 5, and at Company’s cost.  If Company requests, Contractor shall test drilling or completion fluids at least twice each tour for weight loss, viscosity and other general characteristics.  Contractor shall record the results of such tests and use of fluids and additive materials in its daily drilling reports.

 

2.6                               Formation and Sampling.  Contractor shall assist Company’s other contractors to keep accurate measurements and records of all formations encountered.  If Company requests, Contractor shall provide support to collect and save all cores and cuttings taken according to Company’s instructions and place them in labeled, separate containers to be furnished by Company, if required by Company.  Cuttings and cores shall be made available to Company at the location and kept in proper storage until Company takes final possession of them.

 

2.7                               Additional Well Services Required of Contractor.  Contractor shall, while drilling the wells, measure deviation from the vertical if requested by Company, measure the depth of the hole, and if necessary in the opinion of Company, plug back or sidetrack.  Contractor shall at any time prior to completion or abandonment of a well, perform any and all tests, measurements and other well services requested by Company as set forth in Exhibit A — Scope of Work.

 

2.8                               Completion, Re-completion or Working Over of Wells.  Company may at any time elect to have a well completed, re-completed, worked-over or suspended.  Upon notice of such election, Contractor shall perform the work of completing, re-completing or working over the well in accordance with the program provided by Company in a manner and to the extent desired by Company.

 

2.9                               Stoppage of the Services for Convenience.  Company may elect to stop the Services at any time for convenience without any default by Contractor in performance of the Services.  Contractor shall be paid at the Operating Rate during any stoppage period.

 

2.10                        Abandonment of Wells.  Company may at any time elect to have a well abandoned at any depth.  Upon notice of such election, Contractor shall abandon the hole in accordance with the program provided by Company, in a manner satisfactory to Company and in compliance with all Applicable Laws with respect to well abandonment.

 

2.11                        Loss of Control of the Hole.

 

(A)                               Subject to the provisions of this Section 2.11, if abnormal drilling conditions that may result in a loss of control of the hole occur during performance of the

 

8

 

Services, Contractor shall endeavor to correct and control any such abnormal drilling condition.

 

(B)                               Subject to Sections 9.1(G) and 16.5, if the hole is lost or damaged, Contractor shall, at Company’s election, drill a relief well, a new hole on the same location or re-drill sections of the existing hole as Company may require.  These activities shall be subject to Contractor’s underwriter’s approval and if an increase or additional premium is required for such activities, Company shall pay that increase or additional premium in the event a relief well is required.

 

2.12                        Removal of Wreckage.  If the Drilling Unit or any part thereof is lost or damaged beyond repair and removal is required by law or governmental authority, or the wreckage is interfering with Company’s operations, Contractor shall promptly remove the damaged or lost Drilling Unit or part thereof from the Area of Operations.  Company shall reimburse Contractor for any amounts in excess of [One Million Dollars (US $1,000,000)] in connection with such removal. If removal is not required by law or recommended by government agency, Company shall remove the wreckage or portions of it that Company wants removed, at Company’s sole cost and expense.

 

2.13                        Well Records and Reports.

 

(A)                               Contractor shall maintain a history and log of Services performed.  The history and log must be open at all times to inspection by Company and copies furnished to Company’s authorized employees and representatives upon their request.

 

(B)                               Contractor shall furnish Company’s Representative with a daily written report, showing depths and Services performed during the preceding twenty-four (24) hours and any other information relative to the day’s Services requested by Company.

 

2.14                        Change of Area of Operations or Country.

 

(A)                               Company may request to change the locale of the Services requiring a change in the Area of Operations or the Country if all of the following circumstances exist:

 

(1)                                 The change will not result in a breach of Contractor’s trading representations or warranties made to its insurance underwriters and will not violate any Applicable Laws or other laws and regulations applicable to Contractor or its Affiliates.

 

(2)                                 The change will not necessitate a material change in operating structure.

 

(3)                                 Contractor will be able to obtain all insurance required by the Contract, and any other insurance typically carried by Contractor, for Services in the new Area of Operations or Country.

 

(B)                               In conjunction with a request from Company for a change of locale for the Services, Company and Contractor will review the Scope of Work and its Attachments to determine if amendments are needed as a result of any of the following:

 

9

 

(1)                                 Material changes in financial impact arising from the requested change in locale, which includes the financial impact on Contractor with respect to differences in taxes, labor rates, operating costs, shore base office costs, Contractor’s corporate operating structure, agency fees, etc.

 

(2)                                 A change in the Point of Demobilization for the Drilling Unit.

 

(3)                                 Material changes in the terms of the Scope of Work and its Attachments appropriate for the new locale.

 

(4)                                 Any changes to the Scope of Work and its Attachments for the purposes of this Section 2.14 will be structured such that Contractor’s financial situation should not be adversely affected nor advantaged by the change of locale.

 

(C)                               Any mutually agreed changes will be specified in a written amendment to this Contract, signed by the Parties in accordance with Section 25.2, prior to mobilization of the Drilling Unit to the new locale.  This amendment must include new Service Rates, new lump sum reimbursements (if any) and reset any Baseline Operating Costs (as defined in Exhibit D — Compensation) for rate adjustments to reflect the new locale.

 

2.15                        Loading/Unloading of materials to/from the Drilling Unit.  Upon Company’s request, Contractor’s personnel shall supervise the loading and the unloading of materials to and from the Drilling Unit in the Area of Operations; provided, however, Contractor’s personnel shall not be required to board supply vessels for loading or unloading materials.

 

2.16                        Station Keeping for Dynamic Positioning.  If the Drilling Unit is equipped with DP equipment for station keeping, Contractor shall safely conduct its Services in the governing metocean conditions and presence of facilities, other vessels or floating or suspended articles.  Contractor shall monitor the riser profile and flex joint differential angles to reasonably avoid key seating of flex joints or riser joints.

 

3.                                      TERM OF THE CONTRACT; TERMINATION AND SUSPENSION PROVISIONS

 

3.1                               Term of the Contract.  This Contract will remain in full force and effect from the Commencement Effective Date through the initial term of the Contract (the “Initial Term”) or any extension thereof (the “Term”) unless terminated earlier by either Company or Contractor as set forth in this Section 3.  Notwithstanding the definition of Effective Date, the Commencement Date is deemed to occur when Contractor has satisfied all its obligations referenced in the Commencement Date definition, except those obligations Contractor has been unable to complete through failure of Company to perform its obligations in a timely manner.

 

3.2                               Initial Term of the Contract.

 

(A)                               The Initial Term of this Contract starts on the Commencement Date and extends for (i) the length of time or (ii) the number of wells stipulated in Exhibit A — Scope of Work until the date that Contractor completes either of the following:

 

10

 

(1)                                 The completion or abandonment of the number of wells provided in Exhibit A — Scope of Work; or

 

(2)                                 Not used

 

(B)                               Company’s Option to Extend the Initial Term of the Contract.  Company may extend the Initial Term of this Contract at the same rates set forth in Exhibit D — Compensation as follows:

 

(1)                                 Company shall have the right to exercise the first option well (“Option Well”) not later than 5 days after the first well (“Firm Well”) has been spudded.  Should the Option Well be declared, Company shall have the right to exercise up to two (2) more wells (“Additional Wells”) no later than completion of the Firm Well.

 

(2)                                 NOT USED

 

(3)                                 NOT USED

 

(4)                                 NOT USED

 

(C)                               Further Extensions of the Term of the Contract.  In case such extension falls within the calendar year of 2017, the same rates as set forth in Exhibit D — Compensation.  Should any extensions fall beyond 2017, the rates as set forth in Exhibit D may be renegotiated and mutually agreed.

 

3.3                               Termination of the Contract by Company without an Opportunity to Cure.  This Contract may be terminated by Company without penalty to Company as follows:

 

(A)                               If Contractor or its parent company should become insolvent or make an assignment for the benefit of creditors or file a voluntary petition for bankruptcy or if involuntary bankruptcy or receivership proceedings should be instituted against Contractor or its parent company and such relief action, voluntary or involuntary petition or receivership proceeding is not stayed or withdrawn within one hundred and twenty (120) days;

 

(B)                               Upon Company’s providing Contractor with fifteen (15) days written notice after the number of days specified in Exhibit A — Scope of Work following the occurrence and subsistence of a Force Majeure Event.

 

(C)                               If the Drilling Unit becomes an actual or constructive total loss and Contractor is unable to supply Company with a substitute vessel within a period of thirty (30) days.

 

(D)                               Company shall waive its right to terminate for any single occurrence under the conditions set forth after a period of seven (7) days from cure.

 

3.4                               Termination of the Contract by Company with an Opportunity to Cure.

 

(A)                               Company may terminate the Contract if Contractor fails to initiate reasonable corrective action within seventy-two (72) hours after written notice from

 

11

 

Company, or fails to complete corrective action to Company’s satisfaction within twenty-five (25) days after such notice, or within another time frame reasonably determined by Company, should Contractor:

 

(1)                                 Materially default in the performance of the Services after the Effective Date of the Contract.

 

(2)                                 Subject to Section 12.3, fail to obtain approval for, or maintain in effect, permits, certifications or clearances required to be in Contractor’s name or to be secured by Contractor from the appropriate governmental regulatory bodies of the Country or any political subdivision thereof or certification authorities which are necessary to conduct Services in the Area of Operations.

 

(3)                                 Fail to maintain insurance as required by Section 17.

 

3.5                               Termination of the Contract by Company for Convenience.  Company may terminate this Contract for convenience by giving Contractor thirty (30) days prior written notice of termination.

 

3.6                               NOT USED

 

3.7                               Payments and Actions by Company upon Termination of the Contract.

 

(A)                               If Company terminates this Contract pursuant to Sections 3.3 or Contractor terminates this Contract pursuant to Section 3.6, Company shall pay Contractor for that portion of the Services, including mobilization and demobilization as appropriate, that Contractor performed prior to the date of such termination.  In addition, Company shall pay Contractor an amount reasonably calculated to compensate Contractor for documented expenses it has incurred for the purpose of performing its operational obligations under this Contract.

 

(B)                               If this Contract is terminated pursuant to Section 3.3(B), Company shall pay Contractor all sums outlined in Section 3.7(A) If this Contract is terminated pursuant to Section 3.5, Company shall pay Contractor all sums outlined in Section 3.7(A), and one hundred percent (100%) of the Operating Rate in monthly installments for the remainder of the Term of the Contract (remainder of the Term shall mean the remainder of the approved AFE days in the current Term, including any extensions) or any extension thereof effective from the date of termination.  If, after termination, Contractor obtains replacement work within what would have been the remainder of the Term or extension of this Contract, then Company’s obligation to pay the referenced termination fees, specified in Section 3.7(B) above, will be decreased by the day rate paid to Contractor by the new operator though the remainder of the Term of the Contract as referenced above.  Company shall not share in any rates that exceed the applicable rates.

 

12

 

3.8                               Suspension of Services under the Contract for Cause.

 

(A)                               Right to Suspend.  Company may, by providing notice to Contractor, suspend with immediate effect this Contract for a maximum of twenty-one (21) days pursuant to Sections 9.2(1)(a) and 9.2(2)(a).

 

(B)                               Compensation and Expenses during Suspension.  If Company suspends the Services under this Contract pursuant to this Section 3.8(A), Contractor shall not be entitled to compensation during such period of suspension (which shall not exceed twenty-one (21) days) except for reimbursement of expenses incurred by Contractor.

 

4.                                      REPRESENTATIONS AND WARRANTIES

 

4.1                               Contractor’s Representations.  Contractor represents and warrants to Company that as of the Effective Date:

 

(A)                               Contractor is a corporation or company (as the case may be) duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws or the jurisdiction of its organization.

 

(B)                               Contractor has full corporate or company power and authority to enter into and perform this Contract, and has taken all actions necessary to authorize its execution and delivery of this Contract.

 

(C)                               This Contract has been duly executed and delivered by its authorized officer or other representative and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms, and no consent or approval of any other Person is required in connection with its execution, delivery and performance of this Contract.

 

(D)                               No event has occurred prior to the Effective Date which, had it occurred after the Effective Date, would constitute a violation of Section 12.2.

 

(E)                               The execution, delivery and performance of this Contract by Contractor, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Contract, will not violate any provision of Contractor’s governing documents, result in a default or the creation of any lien, give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration under any material note, bond, mortgage, indenture or agreement, violate any judgment, order, ruling or regulation applicable to Contractor or violate any law applicable to Contractor.

 

(F)                                Contractor’s provision of personnel, and the personnel provided, shall comply in all respects with the requirements of Section 7.1

 

(G)                              Contractor’s provision of the Drilling Unit, services, supplies, systems and equipment, and the Drilling Unit, services, supplies, systems and equipment provided, shall comply in all respects with the requirements of Section 7.2.

 

13

 

4.2                               Company’s Representations.  Company represents and warrants to Contractor that as of the Effective Date:

 

(A)                               Company is a corporation or company (as the case may be) duly organized, validly existing and in good standing under the laws or the jurisdiction of its organization.

 

(B)                               Company has full corporate or company power and authority to enter into and perform this Contract, and has taken all actions necessary to authorize its execution and delivery of this Contract.

 

(C)                               This Contract has been duly executed and delivered by its authorized officer or other representative and constitutes its legal, valid and binding obligation enforceable in accordance with its terms, and no consent or approval of any other Person is required in connection with its execution, delivery and performance of this Contract.

 

(D)                               No event has occurred prior to the Effective Date which, had it occurred after the Effective Date, would constitute a violation of Section 12.2.

 

(E)                               The execution, delivery and performance of this Contract by Company, and the consummation of the transactions contemplated by this Contract, will not violate any provision of Company’s governing documents, result in a default or the creation of any lien, give rise to any right of termination, cancellation or acceleration under any material note, bond, mortgage, indenture or agreement, violate any judgment, order, ruling or regulation applicable to Company or violate any law applicable to Company.

 

5.                                      SAFETY

 

5.1                               Notification of Hazardous Conditions and Stoppage of Services.  Company and Contractor have the following rights and obligations relative to safety:

 

(A)                               Notice of Hazardous Conditions.  If at any time Contractor or Company determines that Services cannot be safely undertaken or Services may create a hazardous condition, that Party shall verbally notify the other Party of such determination.  As soon as reasonably possible after such determination is made, Contractor shall consult with Company prior to deciding on the subsequent course of action.  At all times Contractor shall make every effort that in its opinion is required to control or overcome the cause of or minimize the adverse effect of the hazardous condition.

 

(B)                               Stop Work Authority.  Both Company and Contractor have the right to stop performance of the Services by Contractor, any of its Subcontractors or any of Company’s other contractors when work conditions are deemed to be imminently hazardous to Persons, Property or the environment and the requisite notice is given pursuant to Section 5.1(A).

 

(C)                               Contractor’s Opinion Controls.  In case of conflict between Company and Contractor as to the determination of the course of conduct which affords the greatest safety, Contractor’s opinion shall control.

 

14

 

5.2                               Contractor’s Safety Management System.  Prior to the Commencement Date, Contractor shall submit to Company a copy of Contractor’s Safety Management System. The Safety Management System will be attached as Attachment A5 to Exhibit A — Scope of Work.  All policies and procedures comprising the Safety Management System shall apply to all Persons including Company Group.

 

5.3                               Installation of Blowout Prevention Devices.  As soon as Contractor considers it advisable, or earlier if requested by Company, Contractor shall install blowout prevention devices on each well as specified in Attachment A1 to Exhibit A — Scope of Work.

 

5.4                               Notification of Safety Requirements to Personnel on the Drilling Unit and Safety Training.

 

(A)                               Contractor shall give notice to Contractor Group and Company Group at the well location or in the Area of Operations of all safety requirements that apply in those areas.

 

(B)                               Contractor shall take appropriate action requiring all Persons to cease activities whenever Contractor is aware that Persons are not complying with safety requirements.

 

(C)                               Company and Contractor will consult and cooperate to get the appropriate notices and information to contractors of Company and to implement this Section 5.4 with other contractors and their personnel.

 

5.5                               Material Safety Data Sheets.  Contractor shall review material safety data sheets (“MSDS”) pertaining to known toxic and hazardous substances or chemical hazards to which Contractor’s employees or Subcontractors are likely to be exposed while performing any particular or individual work task on behalf of Company.

 

5.6                               Emergency Evacuation Plan.  Contractor shall provide Company information necessary for Company to submit an Emergency Evacuation Plan consistent with the requirements of all applicable regulations issued by the applicable regulatory body.

 

5.7                               Waste Disposal.  Contractor shall use the accepted and approved standards of care and diligence in use by international drilling contractors and as stipulated by local and other applicable legislation to prevent, take care of, and prepare for shipment all its waste oil, waste water, and other waste material, including but not limited to waste paint cans, waste drilling pipe, etc., that may accumulate from Contractor’s Services.

 

5.8                               Contractor’s Subcontractors.  The requirements of this Section 5 are applicable to all Subcontractors hired by Contractor and Contractor shall require its Subcontractors’ compliance with this Section 5.

 

6.                                      SECURITY

 

6.1                               Contractor’s Obligations. Contractor shall be solely responsible for ensuring the safety and welfare of any Person on the Drilling Unit and shall implement any measures it deems fit to protect any member of Contractor Group or Company Group all persons on the Drilling Unit and Contractor property.  If in Contractor’s sole opinion, actual or potential risks exist, including riots and other disturbances Contractor

 

15

 

reserves the right to implement emergency procedures including evacuation.

 

6.2                               Company’s Obligations Company shall be solely responsible for ensuring safety and welfare of any Person including Contractor Group in the Area of Operations from acts of violence including but not limited to kidnapping and hostage taking.  Company shall provide Contractor copies of its safety procedures and shall make available to Contractor its infrastructure and manpower to enable Contractor to conduct emergency procedures.

 

7.                                      CONTRACTOR’S PERSONNEL AND EQUIPMENT

 

7.1                               Contractor’s Personnel.  Contractor shall provide the personnel identified in Attachment A3 to Exhibit A — Scope of Work and comply with all of the following:

 

(A)                               Qualifications and Number of Personnel.

 

(1)                                 The personnel assigned by or on behalf of Contractor must be qualified, competent, sufficiently experienced and in a sufficient number to perform the Services.

 

(2)                                 If Company requests additional personnel, Contractor shall furnish the requested additional personnel (in addition to those required in Attachment A3 to Exhibit A — Scope of Work) and Company shall reimburse Contractor for this added cost as set out in Section 10.2.

 

(3)                                 Each of Contractor’s personnel in the following classifications must be fluent in English: Contractor Representative, drilling superintendent, senior toolpusher, toolpusher, drillers and assistant drillers, master, or their equivalent job classifications.  Contractor must have at least one person who can both speak and write English on site at all times who is capable of communicating both orally and in writing with other personnel at the well location who do not understand oral or written English.

 

(B)                               Training and Certification.  Contractor shall provide or cause to be provided all necessary training, education, instruction and supervision of Contractor personnel that is necessary to carry out the duties required in this Contract.

 

(1)                                 Contractor warrants that all drill crew personnel specified in Attachment A3 to Exhibit A — Scope of Work are properly certified in well control operations.

 

(2)                                 Contractor shall ensure that Contractor’s personnel comply with all Applicable Laws regarding the attendance at and satisfactory completion of firefighting and survival courses.

 

(C)                               Discipline and Replacement of Personnel.  Contractor shall take all measures to maintain discipline and lawful and orderly behavior among Contractor personnel during the performance of the Services.  If instructed by Company in writing, Contractor shall replace or remove Contractor Group personnel as follows:

 

16

 

(1)                                 Contractor shall remove and shall have a reasonable time to replace any of its personnel, if requested by Company in writing and for just cause following a consultation with Contractor, and in this event, Company shall reimburse to Contractor all costs, including travel costs incurred by such removal and replacement unless such removal has been initiated by the Company due to non-compliance with this Contract and/or violation of Applicable Laws by personnel removed.

 

(2)                                 Contractor shall handle all industrial relations matters involving Contractor’s personnel subject to Applicable Laws, labor contracts, and customs.  The settlement of any labor disturbance affecting Contractor’s personnel will be wholly within the discretion of Contractor.

 

(D)                               Personnel Work Schedule.  Contractor’s personnel shall work according to the schedule as set forth in Exhibit A and attachment A3 — Scope of Work.

 

7.2                               Contractor’s Drilling Unit, Services and Supplies.

 

(A)                               General Provision.  Contractor and Company shall provide all items as listed on Attachment 2 to Exhibit A — Scope of Work, as applicable.  Prior to commencing the Services, Contractor at its sole discretion shall be able to substitute the Drilling Unit upon written notice to Company.

 

(B)                               Inspection of the Drilling Unit and the Services. Company or its authorized representatives may, at Company’s sole cost and expense, inspect the Drilling Unit, as well as check all records, measurements and tests prior to the Commencement Date as provided in Attachment A4 to Exhibit A — Scope of Work as well as while the Contract is valid with a due notification to the Contractor.  Any such inspections after the commencement date shall be at Operating Rate.

 

(C)                               Maintenance of the Drilling Unit and Ancillary Equipment.

 

(1)                                 Contractor shall ensure that the Drilling Unit and all other items of Contractor’s equipment are properly maintained in good working order and repair throughout the term of the Contract.  Except as otherwise provided in Attachment A2 to Exhibit A — Scope of Work, all costs related to any repairs or replacements of the Drilling Unit will be effected by Contractor at its sole cost and expense.

 

(2)                                 Contractor shall have a demonstrable Preventative Maintenance System (“PMS”). The repair and maintenance of all equipment located on the Drilling Unit including all Contractor equipment and Company equipment will be covered in the said PMS.

 

(3)                                 Contractor will be allowed a maximum number of hours per calendar month, as set forth in Exhibit A — Scope of Work, for repair and preventive maintenance of critical surface drilling items, for which payment will be made at the Operating Rate stated in Exhibit D — Compensation.  This allotment of time allowed for repair and

 

17

 

preventive maintenance of drilling items shall be cumulative from month to month and may be carried forward, rolled-over and banked to any future month. The time spent in changing mud pump fluid end components, replacement of swivel packing, slipping and cutting of drill line and other similar routine inspections and maintenance operations, which do not unreasonably impede the progress of critical path operations, shall not be applied toward the time period in the maintenance provision of this Section 7.2 or elsewhere in this Contract.

 

(D)                               Certification of the Drilling Unit.

 

(1)                                 With respect to suitability of use for offshore Services, the Drilling Unit shall be classed and certified by Lloyds, the American Bureau of Shipping, or Det Norske Veritas (“DNV”).  Contractor shall keep the Drilling Unit properly classed and certified throughout the Term of Contract, and a copy of the latest class survey, along with an estimated drydock schedule for the Drilling Unit, shall be provided to Company prior to the Commencement Date of the Contract.

 

(2)                                 Contractor shall conduct, at Contractor’s sole cost and expense, a classification and other regulatory inspections of the Drilling Unit by qualified surveyors prior to the Commencement Date.

 

(3)                                 The estimated schedule for the inspections to be carried out in accordance with this Section 7 is specified in Exhibit A — Scope of Work and will be updated periodically throughout the Term of the Contract.

 

(E)                               Contractor’s Drill String.  Contractor shall supply a new or used string of internally coated drill pipe, drill collars and subs (“Drill String”) and handling equipment in accordance with the requirements of Attachment A1 to Exhibit A — Scope of Work.

 

(F)                                Hoisting Equipment. Contractor shall provide and maintain all hoisting equipment in accordance with industry standards and as provided in Attachment A1 to Exhibit A — Scope of Work.

 

(G)                              Contractor’s BOP and Well Control Systems.  Contractor shall provide and maintain all BOP and Subsea control systems as per Attachment A1 to Exhibit A — Scope of Work and maintain such equipment in accordance with industry standards and as provided in this Section 7.2(G) and the specifications set forth in Attachment A4 to Exhibit A — Scope of Work.

 

(1)                                 After each drilled well Contractor shall have the right to recover, replace, reconnect, test in line and deploy BOPs at Operating Rate as defined in Exhibit D — Compensation.

 

(2)                                 Contractor shall provide Company written documentation for all repairs and modifications to the equipment and systems.

 

18

 

(H)                              Additional Materials.  At Company’s written request, and subject to Contractor’s agreement as referenced in Section 10.1, Contractor will provide additional materials that are not listed on Exhibit A — Scope of Work and attachments or are not an integral part of the Drilling Unit.  Company shall reimburse Contractor for such materials in accordance with the provisions of Section 10.1.

 

8.                                      ITEMS TO BE FURNISHED BY COMPANY

 

8.1                               Company Items.

 

(A)                               Company shall furnish, maintain and replace as necessary, at its sole cost and expense, the equipment, machinery, tools, supplies, materials, items and services specified in Attachment A2 to Exhibit A — Scope of Work (“Company Items”).  Company Items include items furnished by Contractor at Company’s cost whether with or without a handling charge.  Alternatively, Company may ask Contractor to furnish any of the Company Items and if Contractor accepts, Company shall reimburse Contractor as provided in Section 10.1.

 

(B)                               The Representatives of Company and Contractor will jointly take an inventory of all Company Items (i) prior to the Commencement Date, (ii) after completion or termination of each well, and (ii) at completion of the Services or, if this Contract is terminated earlier, the date of termination.

 

(C)                               Upon receipt of any Company Item, Contractor shall verify receipt and visually inspect same with reasonable diligence and shall advise Company of any shortages and defects observed.  Contractor shall have no duty to advise Company of any defects not apparent by visual inspection.

 

(D)                               Company shall provide the routine maintenance required to keep Company Items in good and safe operating condition.  If Company Items require repair or maintenance work beyond the scope of routine maintenance or require replacement, Company shall pay for any such repair or replacement.  If Company requests Contractor to provide such maintenance, repair or replacement, Contractor shall use efforts consistent with generally accepted industry standards to conduct such maintenance, repairs or replacement and Company shall reimburse Contractor in the manner provided in Section 10.1.  Contractor shall be compensated for any downtime directly associated with the Company Items at the Operating Rate as indicated in Exhibit D — Compensation.

 

(E)                               Company may, upon giving reasonable notice to Contractor and subject to Contractor’s acceptance, instruct Contractor to furnish any of the items listed in Attachment A2 to Exhibit A — Scope of Work which Company is required to furnish, and such items will at all times be considered Company Items and personnel (if applicable) unless otherwise mutually agreed in writing.  If items are so furnished, Company shall reimburse Contractor pursuant to Section 10.1.

 

(F)                                All Company Items which are not consumed during the performance of Services must be returned to Company, unless the Parties agree otherwise.

 

19

 

(G)                              Subject to Section 15, Company is not entitled to any compensation from Contractor for normal wear and tear or damage or loss of Company Items or for the consumption of any Company Items used by Contractor during the performance of Services.

 

(H)                              Within three (3) months after completion of the Services or, if this Contract is terminated earlier, within three (3) months following the effective date of such termination, Contractor shall provide Company a reconciliation of all Company Items.  To the extent allowed by Applicable Laws, and to the extent transferable, Company will provide Contractor with the benefits of any warranties on the Company Items that Company has received from the Company Items’ manufacturers or distributors.

 

8.2                               Emergency Medical Treatment and Emergency Medical Evacuation.  Company shall make available to Contractor and its Subcontractors access to emergency medical evacuation services to, and emergency medical treatment at local Conakry medical facilities (Clinique Ambrose Pare).

 

8.3                               Transportation of Contractor’s Personnel and Additional Materials.  Company shall provide transportation for Contractor’s personnel and additional materials from the Personnel Staging Location as provided in Exhibit A — Scope of Work to the Area of Operations.  If Company requests additional materials as per Section 7.2(H), Company shall arrange for and provide the associated transportation, either as part of a regular trip or a special trip.

 

8.4                               NOT USED

 

9.                                      COMPENSATION.

 

9.1                               Service Rates.  Contractor shall be compensated by Company for performing the Services under the Contract and the Company shall reimburse the Contractor in accordance with the rates set forth in Exhibit D — Compensation and in accordance with the provisions of Sections 9.1(A) through 9.1(I) as full compensation for Services rendered and provision of the Drilling Unit, equipment, personnel, materials, machinery, Drill Strings, tools, spare parts and supplies furnished by Contractor in conformance with this Contract.  Daily rates shall be prorated on the basis of a twenty-four (24) hour calendar day to the nearest one-half hour.

 

(A)                               Mobilization Fee.  Contractor’s mobilization fee for the Drilling Unit and crew and for performing all Services, including all Services necessary to otherwise prepare for commencement of actual drilling Services at the first well location shall be as specified in Exhibit D — Compensation, if one is agreed to be paid in Exhibit D — Compensation.  Mobilization commences from the Point of Origin for the Drilling Unit identified in Exhibit A — Scope of Work and is complete when the Drilling Unit arrives at the Mobilization Delivery Point identified in Exhibit A — Scope of Work with all required equipment specified in Attachment A1 of Exhibit A — Scope of Work on board in full readiness to commence Services when so instructed by Company and Company has issued Acceptance of the Drilling Unit as per Attachment A4 to Exhibit A — Scope of Work.  Contractor shall invoice Company for the Mobilization Fee within thirty (30) days after the Commencement Date.

 

20

 

(B)                               Operating Rate.  Subject to being superseded by any other rate or fee provided for in this Section 9.1, Company shall pay Contractor the Operating Rate specified in Exhibit D — Compensation per twenty-four (24) hour day (subject to pro-ration) beginning on the Commencement Date and continuing during the Term of the Contract, including but not limited to, drilling, suspending or abandoning, sidetracking (which for sake of clarity includes the drilling of multilateral wells), subsea completions, workovers, or testing, deepening, reaming, coring, drill stem testing, picking up drill pipe, tripping, circulating and conditioning mud, running and cementing casing, waiting for cement, logging, performing routine maintenance, waiting for orders, nippling up, running tubing, testing, completing and re-completing the well and swabbing and slipping and cutting the drilling line.

 

(C)                               Moving Rate.  The Moving Rate will be in effect during the time when the Drilling Unit is being moved between Company well locations within the Country.  It starts when the Drilling Unit starts toward the next well location and continues to be paid while the Drilling Unit is in transit.  The Moving Rate ceases to be paid when the Drilling Unit arrives at the next well location.  Both Parties may agree to a lump sum Moving Rate charge for transporting the Drilling Unit between well locations instead of a daily rate.

 

(D)                               International Moving Rate.  The International Moving Rate applies to all moves from one Country to another Country as specified in Exhibit D — Compensation.

 

(E)                               Standby Rate.  The Standby Rate will be in effect at any time when the Drilling Unit is on location, fully manned and operational and otherwise held in full readiness to proceed with Services, but is unable to undertake Services because of one of the following:

 

(1)                                 The Drilling Unit is shut down for local holidays in accordance with Applicable Laws or, at Company’s request, the drilling Services are shut down; or

 

(2)                                 Waiting on instructions from Company or delivery of equipment, materials or supplies to be furnished by the Company:

 

(3)                                 Failure or loss of or damage to Company Items or equipment, unless caused by sole fault of Contractor, in such case zero rate shall apply until critical path operations have resumed.

 

Under this Section 9.1(E), during the first twenty-four (24) consecutive hours of Standby, the Operating Rate as specified in Section 9.1(B) shall apply.  After the first twenty-four (24) hours of Standby, Company shall pay Contractor the Standby Rate specified in Exhibit D — Compensation per twenty-four (24) hour day (subject to pro-ration) until: (a) Services are recommenced or (b) the Contract is terminated or expires, whichever is earlier.

 

Company shall provide Contractor advance written notice prior to the end of a Standby period within the number of calendar days required in Exhibit A — Scope of Work.

 

21

 

(F)                                Force Majeure Event Rate.

 

(1)                                 If any Force Majeure Event causes the suspension of Services, then:

 

(a)                                 Contractor shall be entitled to receive the Force Majeure Rate for a maximum period of twenty (20) consecutive days provided, however, if suspension of Services continues beyond  twenty (20) days, Company shall thereafter pay Contractor Force Majeure Rate until recommencement of Services or the Contract is terminated as set forth in Section 9.1(F)(1)(a).  Force Majeure Rate shall apply during any repairs to Contractor’s equipment necessitated by damage caused by a Force Majeure Event; or

 

(b)                                 Company may terminate this Contract pursuant to Section 3.3(B).

 

(G)                              Redrill Rate.  If all or part of the hole is lost or damaged due to Contractor’s sole fault and Company elects that Contractor re-drill a portion of the hole, then Company shall pay Contractor at the Redrill Rate specified in Exhibit D — Compensation.  If Contractor is not at fault for the loss or damage to the hole, Contractor shall be paid Operating Rate.

 

(H)                              Demobilization Fee.  As full compensation for demobilizing the Drilling Unit and Contractor’s expatriate and national personnel on completion or abandonment of the last well to be drilled under this Contract, or upon early termination of the Contract in accordance with the provisions of Section 3.7, Company shall pay Contractor the Demobilization Fee, if one is specified in Exhibit D — Compensation.  The Demobilization Fee may be expressed as a lump sum, a daily Service Rate or a combination of both.  Demobilization commences when the Drilling Unit is one nautical mile from the last well location.

 

(I)                                   Off Weather Rate.  When normal Services cannot be carried out due to adverse sea, loop/eddy currents, or adverse weather conditions, such as named tropical storms or inability to move due to weather Operating Rate (or other applicable rate) shall apply for up to twenty-four (24) consecutive hours.  Thereafter, Company shall pay the Off Weather Rate specified in Exhibit D — Compensation per twenty-four (24) hour day until Services are recommenced or the Contract terminates or expires, whichever is earlier.  Contractor’s superintendent in charge aboard the Drilling Unit will make final determination as to when Services are to be suspended and resumed in the event of these conditions.

 

9.2                               Stoppage of Services due to Mechanical Failure or Damage to the Drilling Unit.  If mechanical problems associated with or any damage to the Drilling Unit prevents Contractor’s performance of the Services and are not directly caused by the Company Group or a Force Majeure Event, the provisions in this Section 9.2 will apply.

 

22

 

(1)                                 Surface Equipment.

 

(a)                                 If the stoppage of the Services is due to mechanical failure or damage to the Surface Equipment, Contractor is allowed the number of hours per calendar month to effect repairs to the Drilling Unit as set out in Exhibit A — Scope of Work.  After such allowance is used up, Contractor will be on the zero Service Rate and receive no further compensation from Company until either the recommencement of the Services or the Contract is terminated or expires.  If a failure occurs in the surface BOP controls system and results in recovering the LMRP or BOP Stack, Section 9.2(2) applies.

 

(b)                                 NOT USED

 

(2)                                 Subsea Equipment.

 

(a)                                 Except as otherwise provided in Section 9.2(2)(b), if the stoppage of the Services is due to a mechanical failure or damage to the Subsea Equipment, Contractor will be on zero Service Rate and receive no further compensation from Company until either the recommencement of the Services or the Contract is terminated or expires.

 

(b)                                 If the BOP Stack has been deployed and functional, with or without the LMRP, in excess of ninety (90) days from when the BOP Stack is released from the transportation cart, and a stoppage of the Services occurs due to mechanical failure or damage to the BOP Stack, Contractor shall recover, replace, reconnect, test in line and deploy a BOP Stack at eighty-five percent (85%) of Operating Rate until either the recommencement of the Services or the Contract is terminated or expires.  If the BOP Stack has been deployed and functional, with or without the LMRP, in excess of one hundred and twenty (120) days from when the BOP Stack is released from the transportation cart, and a stoppage of the Services occurs due to mechanical failure or damage to BOP Stack, Contractor shall recover, replace, reconnect, test in line and deploy a BOP Stack at Operating Rate until either the recommencement of the Services or the Contract is terminated or expires. If a failure occurs in the surface BOP controls system and does not result in recovering the LMRP or BOP Stack, Section 9.2(1) applies.

 

(c)                                  If at Company’s request the spare BOP Stack, if any,  has a different configuration from the deployed BOP Stack (i.e. drilling versus completion), and Services are stopped to recover the deployed BOP Stack, any incremental time required on the critical path to reconfigure and test the spare BOP Stack for deployment shall be at Operating Rate.

 

23

 

9.3                               Variation of Service Rates.  The Service Rates set forth in Exhibit D — Compensation may be revised as follows:

 

(A)                               Variation of Rates for Changes in the Area of Operations or Company’s supply base.  If there is a change in the Area of Operations identified in Exhibit A — Scope of Work or Company Operations Base, Contractor may request an adjustment to the Service Rates relative to Contractor’s documented costs that result from the change.  Following such request the Parties shall execute an amendment to Exhibit D — Compensation.

 

(B)                               Variation of Service Rates for Changes in Company’s Policies.  If there is a change to Company’s policies, including applicable codes and standards adopted by Company, which materially increase Contractor’s costs, Contractor may request an adjustment to the Service Rates that result from the change.  Following such request the Parties shall execute an amendment to Exhibit D — Compensation.

 

(C)                               Variation of Service Rates due to a Change in Work Schedule/Number of Personnel.  If a change in Exhibit A — Scope of Work increases Contractor’s personnel Contractor may request an increase in the Service Rates relative to Contractor’s documented costs which result from such change.  Following such request the Parties shall execute an amendment to Exhibit D — Compensation.

 

(i)                                     NOT USED

 

(D)                               Catering Cost Variation.  For purposes of this escalation, the baseline catering cost shown in Section II, Item 8 in Exhibit D — Compensation will be adjusted for any documented actual cost variation.

 

(E)                               Variation of Rates Due to Exchange Controls.  If, after the Effective Date of the Contract, the Country either imposes exchange controls through new legislation or regulations or through a change in interpretation or enforcement of existing legislation or regulations, the Parties agree to consider an adjustment in Contractor’s compensation to ensure that neither Party benefits nor is disadvantaged as a result thereof.

 

(F)                                Variation of Rates due to Changes in Law or Regulation.  If after the Effective Date any change in law or regulation or interpretation of any law or regulation (including any tax or customs law or regulation) causes an increase in Contractor’s operating costs then the Parties agree to negotiate an adjustment in Contractor’s compensation to ensure that the Contractor is not disadvantaged as a result of that change.

 

10.                               REIMBURSEMENTS TO CONTRACTOR

 

10.1                        Reimbursement for Additional Materials and Services.  If Company elects to have Contractor furnish certain additional materials and services not included on Exhibit A — Scope of Work and its attachments and Contractor agrees to furnish such materials and perform or arrange for the performance of such Services, Company shall reimburse Contractor for the actual cost including customs duties and freight costs incurred in furnishing such items.  In addition, Contractor shall be entitled to charge Company a

 

24

 

handling charge in accordance with the following amounts or percentages of the Contractor’s net final cost for such service or materials:

 

(A)                               Five percent (5%) for all materials and services listed in Attachment A2 to Exhibit A — Scope of Work to be provided by Contractor at Company’s cost plus a handling fee;

 

(B)                               Five percent (5%) for all materials and services requested after Contract signing but before the shipyard’s vessel launching milestone;

 

(C)                               Five percent 5(%) for all materials and services requested after the shipyard’s vessel launching milestone but before shipyard’s delivery of the Drilling Unit;

 

(D)                               Five percent (5%) for all materials and services requested after the shipyard’s delivery of the Drilling Unit but before the Commencement Date; and

 

(E)                               Five percent (5%) for all materials and services requested after the Commencement Date.

 

10.2                        Reimbursement for Additional Personnel.  Contractor shall be reimbursed for additional personnel requested by Company at the rates listed on Attachment A3 to Exhibit A — Scope of Work. In the absence of such listed personnel rates for the required positions, Company shall reimburse Contractor for the cost of additional personnel, as provided in Section 7.1(A)(2), on the basis of one of the following:

 

(A)                               A lump sum amount that is agreed to by the Parties.  The Parties agree to incorporate this amount into the applicable daily rates by entering into an amendment of Exhibit D — Compensation.

 

(B)                               An amount equal to Contractor’s cost for salary plus Payroll Burden (as defined in Exhibit D — Compensation) plus five percent (5%) of such amount.

 

10.3                        Reimbursement for Contractor’s Personnel Air Transportation.  At any time Company is required to reimburse Contractor for personnel air transportation, Company shall reimburse Contractor the cost of air transportation up to but not to exceed the cost of the applicable air fare, according to Contractor’s travel policy, by the most expedient route to and from each Person’s Personnel Home Base location.

 

10.4                        Reimbursement for Meals and Lodging.  The Service Rates set forth in Section 9.1 and Exhibit D — Compensation include meals and lodging for the number of Company Persons and those of Company’s other contractors specified in Exhibit D — Compensation.  Meals and lodging for additional Persons shall be at the rate specified in Exhibit D — Compensation.

 

11.                               FINANCIAL MATTERS

 

11.1                        Contractor’s Invoices.

 

(A)                               Contractor shall invoice Company in advance, 10 days prior to the Drilling Unit’s anticipated arrival on location, for the amount of USD 6.30 million (the “Advance Payment Invoice”).  Thereafter, Contractor shall send invoices every

 

25

 

fourteen (14) days in the amount of USD 3.15 million to Company at the Company address set forth in Exhibit D — Compensation.   The invoices of USD 3.15 million sent to the Company shall contain a detailed calculation containing  Company approved timesheets, equipment sheets and shipping manifests where applicable, and shall be submitted in accordance with the provisions set for in this Section 11.1. in support of the work performed during the previous period.

 

(B)                               At the end of each Well, Contractor shall invoice or credit Company for any positive or negative variances for all rates, fees, and reimbursements, etc. as specified in this Agreement. Clause 11.2 B does not apply to this clause 11.1 B.

 

(C)                               Contractor shall include all of the following information in every invoice:

 

(1)                                 The title and number of this Contract.

 

(2)                                 The amount due in the Currency.

 

(3)                                 If applicable, all the following:

 

(a)                                 The amount of local currency due.

 

(b)                                 Transaction Taxes which Contractor proposes to collect or for which it will seek reimbursement from Company (including a tax assessed against Company but collected by Contractor).

 

(c)                                  Contractor’s tax registration number(s).

 

(D)                               Company shall provide to Contractor, if available, an exemption certificate, a letter from the appropriate authority or a letter from Company agreeing that Company will self-assess and remit Transaction Taxes (e.g., VAT, GST, sales tax, etc.) for one or more relevant taxing jurisdictions (instead of payment to Contractor), and Contractor shall not invoice Company for those taxes identified in the exemption certificate or letter.

 

11.2                        Invoice Payments.  Company shall pay Contractor’s invoices as follows:

 

(A)                               Payment Timing.  Company shall pay undisputed invoice amounts within ten (10) days from the date of each invoice.  Additional terms concerning an accelerated payment discount may be set out in Exhibit D — Compensation.

 

(B)                               Termination for Non-payment.  If Company fails to make payment of an undisputed invoice to Contractor within (10) days of receiving written notice of failure to pay the undisputed amount, Company shall be in repuditory breach of this Agreement and Contractor at its sole discretion will be entitled to terminate this Agreement, demobilize and leave the Area of Operation.  Any such termination by Contractor under this clause shall be treated as a termination for convenience by Company and Contractor shall be compensated pursuant to clause 3.7(C) of this Agreement.

 

26

 

(C)                               Right to Withhold Payments.

 

(1)                                 If Company disputes all or part of an invoice Company shall within fifteen (15) days notify Contractor of the Dispute and pay the undisputed portion within thirty (30) days from the date of the invoice.

 

(2)                                 If Company notifies Contractor of a Dispute in relation to part of a paper invoice, Company shall pay the disputed portion into an escrow account until the Dispute is resolved.

 

(D)                               Notification of Non-Payment of an Undisputed Invoice.  If Contractor has not received payment of any undisputed invoice amount for more than thirty (30) days after Company’s receipt of that invoice, Contractor may notify Company of this non-payment.  If payment is not made within three (3) days Contractor shall charge, interest of LIBOR plus 5 basis points on any amount so outstanding until the amount is paid in full.

 

(E)                               Banking Regulations and Currency Requirements.  Subject to all Applicable Laws, including banking and currency laws, Company shall pay undisputed Contractor’s invoices as follows:

 

(1)                                 Company shall pay funds to Contractor by electronic funds transfer to the account of Contractor as set out in Exhibit D — Compensation.

 

(2)                                 Company shall make all payments in the Currency (including expenses paid in other currencies that Contractor has converted as required by this Contract and invoiced in the Currency) except as required in Section 11.2(D)(3).

 

(3)

 

11.3                        Subordination of Lien Rights by Company.  Company may not impress any Liens on the Drilling Unit superior to Contractor’s mortgagers and other financial documents.  Arising out of this Contract, Company shall not create or allow its contractors to attach any Lien upon the Drilling Unit.  Should the Drilling Unit be arrested or detained by reason of a Lien place on it by Company or its contractors, Company shall take all reasonable steps, at its risk and expense, to secure the prompt release of the Drilling Unit, including establishing appropriate security or bonds.  Nothing in this provision shall be deemed to prevent Company from asserting any maritime Liens against Drilling Unit that may arise by operation of law, but that Lien shall be fully subordinated to Contractor’s mortgages and any other financial documents.

 

12.                               ADDITIONAL OBLIGATIONS

 

12.1                        Compliance with Applicable Laws.  Without limiting any other provision in this Contract, both Parties shall comply with, and shall ensure that all members of their respective groups comply with, all Applicable Laws, concessions and clearances, including those of the Country.  Nothing in this Contract requires either Party to comply with Applicable Laws if that requirement would be inconsistent with U.S. and UK anti-bribery and anti-boycott laws.

 

12.2                        Improper Influence.  The Parties represent and warrant that, in connection with this Agreement or the business resulting therefrom:

 

27

 

a.              it is knowledgeable about anti-bribery Laws, including the United States Foreign Corrupt Practices Act of 1977 and the United Kingdom Bribery Act 2010 (as amended from time to time) and all other applicable national, regional, provincial, state, municipal or local laws and regulations that prohibit the bribery of, or the providing of unlawful gratuities, facilitation payments or other benefits to any official or employee of any government, or any agency, ministry, department of a government (at any level), person acting in an official capacity for a government regardless of rank or position, official or employee of a company wholly or partially controlled by a government (for example, a state owned oil company), political party and any official of a political party; candidate for political office, officer or employee of a public international organization, such as the United Nations or the World Bank, or immediate family member (meaning a spouse, dependent child or household member) of any of the afore-mentioned or any other person or company (a “Government Official”), which are applicable to the performance of this Agreement and will actively and fully comply with all such laws; and

 

b.                                      neither it nor a Related Party have made, offered or authorized or will make, offer or authorize any payment, gift, promise or other advantage, whether directly or through any other person or entity, to or for the use or benefit of any Government Official or any person or any Cal Dive or any undertaking where such payment, gift, promise or other advantage would (i) comprise a facilitation payment (a payment made to facilitate or expedite performance of a commonly performed, routine governmental action); and/ or (ii) violate the anti-bribery Laws.

 

The Parties undertake to immediately notify the other if in connection with this Agreement or the business resulting therefrom it receives or becomes aware of any request from a Government Official or any person or an employee of a Party or any undertaking for any payment, gift, promise or other advantage of the type mentioned in this Clause.

 

Parties represent and warrant that neither it nor any of its related parties is a Government Official or other person who could assert illegal influence on behalf of the Parties.  If any of the foregoing becomes a Government Official, a Party shall promptly notify the other Party.

 

The Parties shall save, indemnify, defend, and hold harmless each other from and against any and all claims arising out of a Party’s representations herein being untrue or arising out of a Party’s breach of any of its warranties or undertakings in this Clause.

 

12.3                        No Penalty for Compliance.  Company may not terminate this Contract in the event Contractor’s breach or violation of any provisions of this Contract results from Contractor’s refusal to fulfill a request, whether direct or indirect, explicit or otherwise, for an Improper Benefit.  For purposes of this Section 12.3, the term “Improper Benefit” means any payment, promise or offer to pay or authorization of the payment of any money gift, or other thing of value of any nature including but not limited to direct or indirect payments, gifts, entertainment, travel expenses, political or charitable contributions, or services, to any Government Official, or to any third party at the request of or for the benefit of any Government Official, for purposes of (i) influencing any act or

 

28

 

decision of such Government Official in his official capacity, (ii) inducing such Government Official to do or omit to do any act in violation of the lawful duty of such Official; (iii) securing any improper advantage; or (iv) inducing such Government Official to use his influence with the Government or instrumentality thereof to affect or influence any act or decision of the Government or such instrumentality with respect to any activities undertaken  relating to this Contract.

 

13.                               RECORDS AND INSPECTION

 

13.1                        Records.  Contractor shall establish and maintain all Records which are necessary and appropriate in accordance with good management practice (under the circumstances of this Contract) to facilitate an accurate and complete record of all of the performance by Contractor of its obligations under this Contract.

 

13.2                        Retention of Records.  All Records required to be kept by Section 13.1 shall be maintained and retained by Contractor Group until at least twelve (12) months from the end of the calendar year in which this Contract is completed or terminated.  All Records required to be kept by Section 13.1 shall be maintained in either paper or electronic format.

 

14.                               TAXES

 

14.1                        Contractor’s Taxes.  Contractor is solely responsible for the following taxes levied against Contractor relating to the Services or this Contract outside of Guinea:

 

(A)                               Income/Franchise.  Income, withholding, excess profit or other taxes, charges or imposts assessed or levied on account of Contractor’s earnings, taxable margins or receipts (including gross receipts), or franchise taxes for the privilege or actual conduct of business that are measured by Contractor’s net worth, capital, surplus or undivided profits.

 

(B)                               Personnel.  Taxes assessed or levied against or on account of compensation or other benefits paid to Contractor’s employees.

 

(C)                               Property.  Taxes assessed or levied against or on account of, or by reference to the value of, any property or equipment (including materials and consumable supplies) of Contractor except Import/Export Charges reimbursable by Company under Section 15.6.

 

(D)                               Services.  Taxes assessed or levied against or on account of, or by reference to the value of, the Services or this Contract.

 

14.2                        Company’s Taxes.  Company is responsible for all taxes levied against Company relating to the Services or this Contract.

 

14.3                        Gross-Up for Withholding Tax - The Service Rates included in Exhibit D — Compensation are not inclusive of Contractor’s Taxes.  If Company is required to withhold income tax on payments made to Contractor, such payments shall be grossed-up such that Contractor receives payments equal to the Service Rates included in Exhibit D — Compensation after the application of withholding tax.

 

29

 

14.4                        Reimbursement of Company’s Taxes.  With the exception for amounts included in Section 14.3 above, Company shall reimburse Contractor for all documented Contractor’s Taxes related to the Services or this Contract in Guinea, and Company shall indemnify, defend and hold Contractor harmless from the payment of all Taxes or related charges of any nature whatsoever, imposed or assessed by the Government in Guinea. However, in the event that Company is unable to use or loses its tax exemptions due solely to Contractor’s Gross Negligence, Contractor shall be responsible for its Guinean tax liability only to the extent of the exemptions lost.

 

14.5                        Transaction Taxes.  If any Transaction Taxes are applicable, these taxes shall be separately itemized and identified on Contractor’s invoices as provided in Section 11.1; paid by Company and collected by Contractor and paid over by Contractor to the appropriate governmental agency in accordance with Applicable Laws (except to the extent Company advises Contractor pursuant to Section 11.1(C) that in accordance with Applicable Laws, Company will be responsible for self-assessing and paying these taxes).  Each Party shall provide the other Party on a timely basis with invoices, tax receipts and any other documentation that may be required for Company or Contractor to obtain tax reimbursement, credit, abatement or refund of any taxes.

 

14.6                        Subcontractor Taxes.  Each Party is solely responsible for all liabilities or Claims for taxes assessed or levied with respect to actions (or omissions to act) of such Party’s Subcontractors, their directors, officers, employees or agents in relation to this Contract or the Services.

 

14.7                        Tax Records.                     Company will provide Contractor with any information which Contractor may reasonably require in order to file any required tax returns in accordance with appropriate Laws.

 

15.                               IMPORT/EXPORT OBLIGATIONS.

 

15.1                        Definitions Relating to Import/Export Obligations.

 

(A)                               “Import/Export Charges” means customs or import or export duties or taxes, and all other charges related to port or customs clearances, including pilotage, agent fees, brokerage fees, handling charges and port dues.

 

(B)                               “Contractor Import/Export Items” means any property, goods, materials or equipment that Contractor imports into the Country or the Area of Operations (whether permanently or temporarily) in order for Contractor to perform the Services.

 

(C)                               “Company Import/Export Items” means any property, goods, materials or equipment that Company imports into the Country or the Area of Operations (whether permanently or temporarily) in connection with this Contract.

 

(D)                               “Import/Export Exemptions” means exemptions from or reductions of Import/Export Charges obtained by Company or available to Contractor or members of Contractor Group.

 

30

 

15.2                        Contractor Imports and Exports.  Contractor is responsible for all of the following:

 

(A)                               For exporting all Contractor Import/Export Items from their country of origin (including deemed exports of software, technology or other intellectual property).

 

(B)                               For importing all Contractor Import/Export Items into the Country and the Area of Operations.

 

(C)                               For obtaining all necessary permits, licenses, authorizations and clearances for the export and import of Contractor Import/Export Items.

 

(D)                               For complying with all Applicable Laws, including those of the country of export and the country of origin.

 

15.3                        Company Imports and Exports.  Company is responsible for all of the following:

 

(A)                               For exporting all Company Import/Export Items from their country of origin (including deemed exports of software, technology or other intellectual property).

 

(B)                               For importing all Company Import/Export Items into the Country and the Area of Operations.

 

(C)                               For obtaining all necessary permits, licenses, authorizations and clearances for the export and import of Company Import/Export Items.

 

(D)                               For complying with all Applicable Laws, including those of the country of export and the country of origin.

 

15.4                        Import/Export Exemptions.  Contractor and Company shall use its best efforts and take all actions necessary to ensure that all possible Import/Export Exemptions are obtained, and that all requirements for Import/Export Exemptions are complied with.  Neither Party shall take any action that is prejudicial to obtaining any available Import/Export Exemption.

 

15.5                        Payment of Import/Export Charges.  Contractor shall pay all Import/Export Charges, on Contractor Import/Export Items subject to reimbursement under Section 15.6, if applicable.  All temporary import bonds shall be administered by Contractor and provided at Company’s sole cost.

 

15.6                        Reimbursement.  If an Import/Export Exemption is not available through no fault of Contractor, then Company shall reimburse Contractor for the actual documented cost of any Contractor Import/Export Charges that are paid by Contractor to a duly authorized representative of the government having jurisdiction.

 

15.7                        Exports after Completion of the Services.  Contractor is responsible for obtaining all necessary permits, licenses, authorizations and clearances for the export from the Country or the Area of Operations, and the import into the destination country, of any Contractor Import/Export Items which are exported from the Country or the Area of Operations.

 

31

 

16.                               CLAIMS, LIABILITIES AND INDEMNITIES

 

16.1                        INTENT OF INDEMNITY PROVISIONS.  The Parties agree to allocate between them responsibility for all Claims as set out below. As used in this Section 16, the following terms have specified meanings.

 

(A)                               “Fault” means the active, passive, sole, contributory, concurrent or gross negligence of a Person, the unseaworthiness of any vessel, including the Drilling Unit, strict liability, or breach of warranty.

 

(B)                               “Gross negligence” means willful and wanton disregard for harmful, foreseeable and avoidable consequences.

 

(C)                               An “occurrence” is defined as an accident, including continuous or repeated exposure to substantially the same general harmful conditions.

 

(D)                               “Third Parties” includes any Person who is not a member of the Contractor Group, the Company Group.

 

(E)                               “Indemnify”, “indemnifies”, “indemnity obligations”, and similar terms mean waive, assumes responsibility for, releases indemnifies and holds harmless.

 

(F)                                Losses contemplated by this Section 16 include the cost of removal of wreckage.

 

16.2                        CONTRACTOR GROUP’S PROPERTY.

 

(A)                               General.  Subject to the provisions of Sections 16.2(B) and 16.2(B)(4), if damage is suffered or loss is incurred to Property of the Contractor Group, including the Drilling Unit, where that damage or loss arises out of this Contract or the Services, Contractor indemnifies Company Group against that damage or loss from and against Claims by the Contractor Group for that damage or loss regardless of fault of Company Group.

 

(B)                               Damage or Loss to Downhole Equipment.  Company shall reimburse Contractor for damage to or loss of the Downhole Equipment owned or provided by Contractor while in the hole below the rotary table.  Company shall pay Contractor the lesser of the repair cost or the replacement cost for Downhole Equipment in accordance with the provisions below:

 

(1)                                 If the Downhole Equipment component is new at the Commencement Date of the Contract:

 

(a)                                 During the first twelve (12) months of the term of the Contract — replacement cost;

 

(b)                                 During the second twelve (12) months of the term of the Contract — ninety-five percent (95%) of replacement cost; and

 

32

 

(c)                                  Thereafter — eighty-five percent (85%) of replacement cost.

 

(2)                                 If the Downhole Equipment component has been in service for a period of twelve (12) months at the Commencement Date of the Contract or at the time it replaces previously damaged components — eighty-five percent (85%) of replacement cost.

 

(3)                                 If used Downhole Equipment component is replaced during the Term of the Contract with new Drill String components:

 

(a)                                 During the first twelve (12) month period following replacement — replacement cost;

 

(b)                                 During the second six (6) month period following replacement — ninety percent (90%) of replacement cost; and

 

(c)                                  Thereafter — eighty-five percent (85%) of replacement cost.

 

(4)                                 Reimbursement by Company under this Section 16.2(B) is based on Contractor’s actual documented cost to repair or replace the damaged components, plus, if shipped to the Area of Operations, actual documented freight, duties (reimbursement of duties being subject to Section 15.6) and handling costs incurred by Contractor for transport of the replacement components to the Company Operations Base.

 

(C)                               Damage to Subsea Equipment.

 

(1)                                 Company shall reimburse Contractor for damage or loss to Contractor’s Subsea Equipment as a result of loop, eddy or other adverse currents or named tropical storms / hurricanes that cause the Subsea Equipment to exceed its technical capabilities, subject to the following:

 

(a)                                 Contractor shall, as soon as reasonably practical, notify Company if Contractor discovers that the currents exceed or may exceed the technical limitations of the Subsea Equipment.

 

(b)                                 If such currents are not discovered by Contractor, or if discovered and Company nevertheless instructs Contractor to proceed and damage to the Subsea Equipment results, Contractor shall advise Company of such damage once known, but Contractor shall nevertheless be entitled to reimbursement under this Section 16.2(B)(4).

 

(c)                                  If Contractor advises Company of such currents and Company requests Contractor to proceed with Services, refusal by Contractor to proceed with Services despite Company’s request will not be considered breach of any provision of the Contract.

 

33

 

(2)                                 Company shall reimburse Contractor for damage or loss to Contractor’s Subsea Equipment as a result of the Drilling Unit being moved outside a one hundred and fifty foot (150’) radius from the well center while the subsea equipment is suspended below the rotary table at Company’s request (also known as “well hopping”).  Furthermore, Contractor shall not be required to move the Drilling Unit outside a one hundred and fifty foot radius from the well center with the subsea equipment suspended below the rotary table and Contractor’s refusal to do so will not be considered a breach of any provision of this Contract

 

(3)                                 Company shall reimburse Contractor for damages to Contractor’s Subsea Equipment as set forth in Section 16.2(C) in an amount equal to the then current replacement cost of the Subsea Equipment, plus delivery to the Drilling Unit, or the repair cost, whichever is less. If this damage or loss causes any downtime for the Drilling Unit, Company shall, in addition, pay Contractor at the Standby Rate until repair is completed.

 

16.3                        COMPANY GROUP’S PROPERTY.  With respect to loss or damage to Property of Company Group, Company indemnifies Contractor Group from and against Claims for damage or loss to Property of Company Group where that damage or loss arises out of this Contract and the Services regardless of Fault of Contractor Group.

 

16.4                        INJURY OR DEATH.

 

(A)                               Contractor Group’s Employees.  Contractor indemnifies Company Group from and against Claims for injury to or death of Contractor Group employees where that injury or death arises out of this Contract or Services regardless of Fault of Company Group.

 

(B)                               Company Group’s Employees.  Company indemnifies Contractor Group from and against Claims for injury or death of Company Group’ employees where that injury or death arises out of this Contract regardless of Fault of Contractor Group.

 

16.5                        LIMITATION ON LIABILITY FOR WELL EVENT CONTROL COSTS.  If a Well Event arises out of this Contract, Company releases and indemnifies each member of Contractor Group from and against Claims for Well Event Control Costs.

 

16.6                        THIRD PARTY INDEMNITY

 

(A)                               Company indemnifies Contractor Group from and against Claims for injury or death or loss or damage to property of Third Parties arising out of this Contract, but only to the extent caused by the Fault of Company Group.

 

(B)                               Subject to the provisions of Section 16.6(C), Contractor indemnifies Company Group from and against Claims for injury or death or loss or

 

34

 

damage to property of Third Parties arising out of this Contract, but only to the extent caused by the Fault of the Contractor Group.

 

(C)                               Company indemnifies Contractor Group from and against Claims for loss of or damage to underwater structures, equipment, or obstructions owned by Third Parties arising out of this Contract that occur when the Drilling Unit is being moved with the Subsea Equipment suspended below the rotary table at Company’s request.

 

(D)                               Company indemnifies Contractor Group from and against Claims for loss of or damage to underwater structures, equipment, or obstructions owned by Third Parties arising out of this Contract that occur when the Drilling Unit is being moved between wellheads with the Subsea Equipment suspended below the rotary table at Company’s request.

 

16.7                        POLLUTION DAMAGE.

 

(A)                               Contractor indemnifies Company Group from and against Claims arising out of this Contract for control, cleanup, removal, assessments, damage to natural resources, and Third Party property damage or loss from Pollution that originates above the water level from spills of fuels, lubricants, motor oils, non-oil based drilling fluids, pipe dope, paints, solvents, ballast, bilge and garbage within Contractor’s possession and control and directly associated with the Drilling Unit.

 

(B)                               Except as provided in Section 16.7(A), Company indemnifies Contractor Group from and against Claims arising out of this Contract for control. cleanup, removal, assessments, damage to natural resources, and Third Party property damage or loss from Pollution, including Pollution that originates at or below the water level.

 

16.8                        LOSS OF WELLBORE AND RESERVOIR DAMAGE. If the wellbore, i.e. the hole below the seabed, is lost or damaged at any time, Company indemnifies the Contractor Group from and against Claims arising out of this Contract for damage to or loss of the wellbore and reservoir.  Company indemnifies the Contractor Group from and against Claims arising out of this Contract for the cost of regaining control of any wild well. Company indemnifies the Contractor Group from and against Claims arising out of this Contract for injury to, destruction of, or loss or impairment of any property right in or to oil, gas or other mineral substance or water, if at the time of the act or omission causing such injury, destruction, loss, or impairment, said substance had not been reduced to physical possession above the seabed, and for any loss or damage to any formation, strata, or reservoir beneath the seabed.

 

16.9                        USE OF MEDICAL FACILITIES OR MEDICAL EVACUATION.  Company indemnifies Contractor from and against Claims for injury to or death of members of Company Group that arise out of or in connection with the recovery, diagnosis, treatment or medical evacuation of such personnel, or the provision of pharmaceutical products or medical supplies furnished or rendered by Contractor Group.  Contractor indemnifies Company Group from and against Claims arising

 

35

 

out of Company making available to Contractor Group access to emergency evacuation services pursuant to Section 8.2.

 

16.10                 INDEMNITY FOR TAXES.  Each Party indemnifies the other Party from and against Claims for taxes (including interest and penalties), costs, losses, duties or charges, that any taxing authority may assess or levy against such Party in connection with such Party’s tax obligations relating to this Contract or arising out of such Party’s actions or failure to act. Company indemnifies Contractor Group from and against any Claim arising from Company’s failure to provide the information referred to Section 11.1(D) or from erroneous information referred to in Section 14.5.

 

16.11                 LIMITATIONS ON CLASSES OF DAMAGES.  Company and Contractor waive and release each other, Contractor Group and Company Group from and against, directly or indirectly, to the fullest extent permitted by applicable law, all of the following Claims for damages arising out of this Contract or the Services, whether such Claims are made in connection with an indemnity specified in this Section 16, a breach of any obligation under this Contract or otherwise:

 

(A)                               Indirect, incidental or consequential loss.

 

(B)                               Loss or delay of production, including production of petroleum or petroleum products, or loss of or damage to the leasehold, loss of hole, loss of reservoir, or loss of delay in drilling or operating rights.

 

(C)                               Loss of prospective economic advantage or benefit.

 

(D)                               Loss of profits or revenue, costs or expenses resulting from business interruptions, loss of business opportunity, loss or damage to property, equipment, materials, and services.

 

(E)                               Costs of Persons hired by the Parties, including Subcontractors, to provide vessels, materials, and services or work in support of the Services, sometimes referred to as “spread costs”.

 

(F)                                Punitive or exemplary damages.

 

16.12                 EXTENT OF WAIVER, RELEASE AND INDEMNITY OBLIGATIONS.  The indemnity obligations of Contractor and Company and the limitations and exclusions of damages set out in this Section 16 shall apply regardless of the Fault of any Person indemnified or relieved of damages, any other anticipated or unanticipated event or condition, or any other legal theory of liability whether in contract, tort, or otherwise, and regardless of whether pre-existing the execution of this Contract, and regardless of whether liability of any kind is imposed or sought to be imposed on any Person indemnified or relieved of damages.

 

16.13                 DEFENSE OF CLAIMS.

 

(A)                               Contractor shall, at its sole cost and expense, be responsible for Defense Costs relative to Claims which may be brought against Company Group for which Contractor wholly releases and/or indemnifies Company Group.

 

36

 

Contractor shall accept and initiate such defense within thirty (30) days of written request by Company.

 

(B)                               Company shall, at its sole cost and expense, be responsible for Defense Costs relative to Claims which may be brought against Contractor Group for which Company wholly releases and/or indemnifies Contractor Group.  Company shall accept and initiate such defense within thirty (30) days of written request by Contractor.

 

(C)                               In instances where a Party’s indemnity obligations are limited to a certain amount or percentages of damages, Defense Costs shall ultimately be borne by the Parties in proportion to their respective obligation to contribute to any settlement or judgment related to the underlying Claim. The primary party responsible for indemnification shall fund all Defense Costs until such time as a settlement is finalized or judgment is rendered, with the reconciliation between the Parties being conducted thereafter.

 

16.14                 DURATION OF INDEMNITY, RELEASE AND DEFENSE OBLIGATIONS.

 

(A)                               The indemnity obligations in this Section 16 shall be effective as of the Effective Date of this Contract and shall remain in effect until termination.

 

(C)                               Notwithstanding the provisions of Section 16.14(A), the indemnity obligations under this Section 16 shall continue to be in effect after termination of the Contract for any of the following:

 

(1)                                 Claims arising during the Term of the Contract regardless of whether such claims are initiated during or after the Term of the Contract; or

 

(2)                                 Claims arising during removal of wreckage operations under Section 2.12.

 

17.                               INSURANCE.

 

Contractor shall maintain insurance required by Applicable Laws and as provided in Exhibit C — Insurance.

 

18.                               OWNERSHIP OF INTELLECTUAL PROPERTY.

 

18.1                        Confidentiality of Contract Information.

 

(A)                               Contractor shall treat Company Contract Information as valuable, proprietary and confidential information and shall ensure that all members of Contractor Group do not disclose, any Company Contract Information to any other Person without the prior written consent of Company.

 

(B)                               Company shall treat Contractor Contract Information as valuable, proprietary and confidential information and shall ensure that all members of Contractor Group do not disclose, any Company Contract Information to any other Person without the prior written consent of Company.

 

37

 

18.2                        Ownership of Contract Information

 

(A)                               All intellectual property rights and all other Property and other rights in relation to Company Contract Information are owned by Company. To the extent that Contractor or other members of Contractor Group discovered, developed or created copyright or other intellectual property or other rights arise in relation to that Company Contract Information, those works and rights are work made for hire under this Contract and are the exclusive property of Company.

 

(B)                               All intellectual property rights and all other Property and other rights in relation to Contractor Contract Information are owned by Contractor.  To the extent that Contractor or other members of Contractor Group discovered, developed or created copyright or other intellectual property or other rights arise in relation to that Contractor Contract Information, those works and rights are the exclusive property of Contractor.

 

18.3                        Grant of License to Company.  Company and its Affiliates shall have an irrevocable, non-exclusive, royalty-free, perpetual, worldwide right and license, to use Contractor Contract Information to the extent necessary to exploit Services or Products provided under this Contract, provided that Company and its Affiliates ensure that a receiving party of the Contractor Contract Information acknowledges its confidential and proprietary nature and undertakes to safeguard such Contractor Contract Information using at the least the same degree of care undertaken by Company herein..

 

18.4                        Grant of License to Contractor. Contractor is hereby granted an irrevocable, worldwide, royalty-free license to use Company Contract Information in any manner and disclose within its normal operations to perform the Services required to be performed by the Drilling Unit under this Contract, provided that Contractor and its Affiliates ensure that a receiving party of the Company Contract Information acknowledges its confidential and proprietary nature and undertakes to safeguard such Company Contract Information using at the least the same degree of care undertaken by Contractor herein.

 

19.                               BUSINESS RELATIONSHIP

 

19.1                        Contract for Services.  This is a maritime contract for maritime services and is not a charter or lease of Contractor’s Drilling Unit or other equipment.

 

19.2                        Independent Contractor.  The Services are provided by Contractor as an independent contractor, and Contractor and the members of Contractor Group are not employees, agents or representatives of Company or Company Group. Company shall have no direction or control of Contractor Group except in the results to be obtained.

 

19.3                        Control over Performance.  As an independent contractor, Contractor has complete control, supervision and direction over its equipment and personnel and over the manner and method of the performance of the Services.

 

20.                               ASSIGNMENT

 

20.1                        Assignment by Contractor.  Contractor may not assign or transfer in whole or part its rights and obligations under this Contract to any Person other than an Affiliate of Contractor or other than a financing bank, or in the event of a reorganization, merger,

 

38

 

consolidation or asset sale, to any other entity which assumes the assets of Contractor under that reorganization, merger, consolidation or asset sale without the prior written consent of Company.  Any attempted assignment or transfer in breach of this obligation is void as between Company and Contractor.

 

20.2                        Assignment by Company.  Company may assign or transfer all or part of its rights or obligations under this Contract as follows:

 

(A)                               Without Contractor’s consent to an Affiliate of Company.

 

(B)                               Without Contractor’s consent to any other Person in the event of a reorganization, merger, or consolidation, to any other entity which assumes the assets of Company under that reorganization, merger, or consolidation.

 

(C)                               To any other Person with Contractor’s consent.

 

20.3                        Successors and Assigns.  This Contract upon assignment in accordance with Section 20.1 or 20.2 will be binding and will insure to the benefit and obligation of the successors and assigns of the assigning Party.

 

21.                               FORCE MAJEURE

 

21.1                        Definition of Force Majeure Event.  “Force Majeure Event” means any of the events or circumstances described in this Section 21.1 that are beyond the control of an affected Party and which prevents the performance of any of the affected Party’s obligations under this Contract after that Party has taken every reasonable step, including reasonable expenditures of money, to remedy the impact of the event: Events or circumstances that may give rise to a Force Majeure Event are limited to the following:

 

(1)                                 Earthquakes, fires, storms, tidal waves, tsunami, floods or other physical natural disasters, including epidemic disease outbreaks such as typhoid, yellow fever, Ebola, etc.

 

(2)                                 Acts of war (whether declared or undeclared), terrorism, riot, piracy, civil war, blockade, insurrection or civil disturbances.

 

(3)                                 Acts of a governmental entity, agency or other local authority.

 

(4)                                 Strikes or labor disputes.

 

21.2                        Excuse of Performance due to a Force Majeure Event.  Subject to compliance with Section 21.3, neither Party is liable for any delay in performing or failure to perform its obligations under this Contract (excluding release, indemnity and defense obligations and the obligation to pay undisputed invoices) if and to the extent that the delay or failure is caused by a Force Majeure Event.  A Party is excused from its performance obligations that are prevented by a Force Majeure Event for as long as the Force Majeure Event continues.

 

21.3                        Notice and Mitigation.  If a Party seeks relief from its obligations to perform under this Contract under Section 21.2, it shall:

 

39

 

(A)                               Give prompt notice to the other Party, which must include all of the following information:

 

(1)                                 The event that the Party considers constitutes a Force Majeure Event; and

 

(2)                                 A good faith estimate of the duration of the Force Majeure Event.

 

(B)                               Make all reasonable efforts to overcome the Force Majeure Event and to mitigate its effects.

 

(C)                               If the Force Majeure Event continues, give periodic notices in accordance with Section 21.3(A), with a frequency as directed by the other Party’s Representative.

 

(D)                               Give the other Party prompt notice of the conclusion of the Force Majeure Event and resume performance of the Services as soon as reasonably possible after its conclusion.

 

21.4                        Termination of the Contract due to a Force Majeure Event.  This Contract may be terminated due to a Force Majeure Event in accordance with Section 3.3(B).

 

22.                               GOVERNING LAW AND RESOLUTION OF DISPUTES

 

22.1                        Governing Law.  This Contract is governed by and interpreted under the laws of England without regard to its choice of law rules.  The United Nations Convention on Contracts for the International Sale of Goods, 1980 (known as “the Vienna Sales Convention”) does not apply to this Contract.

 

22.2                        Resolution of Disputes.  The Parties shall exclusively and finally resolve any Dispute between them using direct negotiations, mediation and arbitration as set out in this Section 22.

 

22.3                        Direct Negotiations.  If a Dispute arises, a Party may initiate the resolution process by giving notice setting out in writing and in detail the issues in Dispute and the value of the Claim to the other Party.  A meeting between the Parties, attended by individuals with decision-making authority, must take place within thirty (30) days from the date the notice was sent in an attempt to resolve the Dispute through direct negotiations.

 

22.4                        Mediation.  If the Dispute cannot be settled by direct negotiations within thirty (30) days of initiation of the resolution process, either Party may initiate mediation by giving notice to the other Party.  The mediation shall be attended by individuals representing each Party with decision-making authority and the place of mediation shall be Houston, Texas.  Each Party to the mediation shall pay one-half the cost of the mediator.

 

22.5                        Arbitration.  If the Dispute is not resolved by mediation within thirty (30) days from the date of the notice requiring mediation, or if the Dispute is unresolved within sixty (60) days from the date of the notice requiring direct negotiations, then the Dispute shall be finally settled by binding arbitration and either Party may initiate such arbitration by giving notice to the other Party.  The arbitration shall be conducted in accordance with the United Nations Commission on International Trade Law (“UNCITRAL”) Arbitration Rules, except to the extent of conflicts between the UNCITRAL Arbitration Rules and

 

40

 

the provisions of this Contract, in which event the provisions of this Contract prevail.  The International Centre for Dispute Resolution is the appointing authority, London, England.

 

22.6                        Arbitration Proceedings.  The following provisions shall apply to any arbitration proceedings commenced pursuant to Section 22.5:

 

(A)                               The number of arbitrators shall be one (1) if the monetary value of the Dispute is Ten Million Dollars (US $10,000,000) (or its currency equivalent) or less.  The number of arbitrators shall be three (3) if the monetary value is greater than Ten Million Dollars (US $10,000,000) or its currency equivalent.

 

(B)                               The arbitrator or arbitrators must be fluent in the English language and the language of the arbitral proceeding shall be English.

 

(C)                               The arbitrator or arbitrators must remain neutral, impartial and independent regarding the Dispute and the Parties.  If the number of arbitrators to be appointed is one, that arbitrator, or the presiding arbitrator if the arbitrators are three, must be a lawyer experienced in the resolution of disputes with experience relating to the types of issues involved in the Dispute.

 

(D)                               The Parties waive any Claim for, and the arbitrator has or arbitrators have no power to award, the damages waived and released under Section 16.11.

 

(E)                               All arbitration fees and costs (except for translation costs) shall be borne equally regardless of which Party prevails.  Each Party shall pay its own costs of legal representation and witness expenses.

 

(F)                                The arbitrator or arbitrators must render a reasoned award in writing within 30 days of the arbitration proceeding.  The award is final and binding.

 

23.                               NOTICES, REPRESENTATIVES AND CONTACT INFORMATION

 

23.1                        Notices.

 

(A)                               All notices required or permitted under this Contract must be in writing and delivered by mail (postage prepaid), overnight courier or by hand delivery to the address of the receiving Party set out in the signature page to this Contract.  Notice may also be delivered by facsimile sent to the facsimile number of the receiving Party set out in the signature page to this Contract (or such other address as a Party may notify in writing) provided that the original notice is promptly sent to the recipient by mail (postage prepaid) or by hand delivery.  Notices sent by email are ineffective.

 

(B)                               Notices are effective when received by the recipient during the recipient’s regular business hours.

 

(C)                               Notices which do not comply with the requirements of this Contract are ineffective, and do not impart actual or any other kind of notice.

 

41

 

23.2                        Representatives and Contact Information.

 

(A)                               The representatives and contact information of each Party are as set out in the Exhibit A — Scope of Work.

 

(B)                               Each Party may change its representative or contact information by giving notice to the other Party.  If a notice is given under this Section 23.2(B), the replacement representative or contact information which is set out in the notice replaces the representative or contact information as set out in the Exhibit A — Scope of Work.

 

24.                               THIRD PARTY RIGHTS

 

No Person who is not a party to this Contract has any rights under this Contract or may enforce any provision in this Contract except that members of the Contractor Group and the Company Group, respectively, shall have the benefit of the indemnity obligations provided in their favor in Section 16 and shall have the right to enforce those obligations.

 

25.                               GENERAL PROVISIONS

 

25.1                        Prior Agreements.  This Contract comprises the complete and exclusive agreement between the Parties regarding the subject matter of this Contract, and supersedes all oral and written communications, negotiations, representations or agreements in relation to that subject matter made or entered into before the Effective Date.

 

25.2                        Amendment.  No amendment to this Contract is effective unless made in writing and signed by authorized representatives of both Parties.

 

25.3                        Waiver.  Neither Party’s failure to pursue remedies for breach of this Contract, or payment  of invoices constitute a waiver by that Party  of any breach of this Contract by the other Party or raise any defense against Claims against that other Party for breach of this Contract.  The waiver or failure to require the performance of any covenant or obligation contained in this Contract or pursue remedies for breach of this Contract does not waive a later breach of that covenant or obligation.

 

25.4                        Parent Company Guarantee.  As a condition precedent to this Contract, and prior to commencement of the Services, Company shall provide Contractor with a Parent Company Guarantee in a form acceptable to Contractor, attached to this Contract as Exhibit F.

 

25.5                        Severability.  Each provision of this Contract is severable and if any provision is determined to be invalid, unenforceable or illegal under any existing or future law by a court, arbitrator of competent jurisdiction or by operation of Applicable Laws, this invalidity, unenforceability or illegality does not impair the operation of or affect those portions of this Contract that are valid, enforceable and legal.

 

25.6                        Survival.  Despite completion of the Services or termination of this Contract for any reason, all provisions in this Contract containing representations, warranties, releases, defense obligations and indemnities, and all provisions relating to tax, import/export/customs, Contractors’ invoices, audit, confidentiality, insurance, disclaimer of certain remedies, limitations of liability, ownership or use or return of Contract

 

42

 

Information, removal of wreckage, retention and inspection of Records, Dispute resolution and governing law, and all Claims which arose prior to completion or termination, survive indefinitely until, by their respective terms, they are no longer operative or are limited by an applicable statute of limitations.

 

25.7                        Counterparts.  This Contract may be executed in any number of counterparts, each of which will be deemed an original of this Contract, and which together will constitute one and the same instrument; provided that neither Party will be bound to this Contract unless and until both Parties have executed a counterpart.

 

25.8                        Drafting.  Preparation of this Contract has been a joint effort of the Parties and the resulting Contract must not be construed more severely against one of the Parties than against the other.

 

The remainder of the page intentionally left blank.

 

43

 

IMPORTANT NOTICE:  THIS CONTRACT CONTAINS PROVISIONS REGARDING INDEMNITIES AND WARRANTIES THAT EXPRESS THE AGREEMENT OF THE PARTIES CONCERNING CLAIMS ARISING OUT OF THIS CONTRACT.

 

The Parties have executed this Contract in triplicate as evidenced by the following signatures of authorized representatives of the Parties:

 

	
COMPANY:
    	
 
    	
CONTRACTOR:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCS Corporation Limited, a   wholly owned subsidiary of Hyperdynamics Corporation
    	
 
    	
Pacific Drilling Operations   Limited
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature:
    	
 
    	
Signature:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
/s/ Ray Leonard
    	
 
    	
/s/ C. J. Beckett
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
    	
Ray Leonard
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
C. J. Beckett
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Title:
    	
President & CEO
    	
 
    	
Title:
    	
CEO
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ADDRESS FOR NOTICES:
    	
 
    	
ADDRESS FOR NOTICES:
    

 

44

 

EXHIBIT A - SCOPE OF WORK

 

	
Company:
    	
Contractor:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
SCS   Corporation Limited
    	
Pacific Drilling Operations Limited
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Area of Operations:
    	
Country:
    	
Well Location(s):
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Guinea
    	
Republic of Guinea
    	
TBD
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Company   Representative:
    	
Contractor Representative:
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
Forrest Estep
    	
Alan Breed
    

 

Name of Drilling Unit:  Pacific Bora

 

Point of Origin for the Drilling Unit:  Nigeria

 

Port of Entry for the Drilling Unit (if applicable): Conakry

 

Mobilization Delivery Point for the Drilling Unit:   One nautical mile from Company’s first location in Republic of Guinea

 

Point for Demobilization for the Drilling Unit: One nautical mile from the last well location

 

Party Responsible for providing permissions necessary to enter the Area of Operations to operate at the well location, as per Section 2.2(B)(2):

 

Company:  x          Contractor:  o

 

Initial Term of the Contract, as per Section 3.2(A): (choose one option)

 

·                  Term: One (1) well

 

 

Option to Extend the Initial Term of the Contract, as per Section 3.2(B)(1) and 3.2(B)(2):

 

Applicable:  x          Not Applicable:  o

 

If “Applicable”, indicate agreed extension period:

 

For the time necessary for Contractor to drill an additional number of wells: Three (3) — 1-Well Options For a period of time:

 

Further Extensions of the Term of the Contract, as per Section 3.2(C) with two hundred seventy days notice to Contractor:

 

Option Available:  o          Not Available:  x

 

Earliest Date Drilling Unit may be available, as per Section 1.1, Commencement Date definition:

 

March 1st, 2017

 

Latest Date Drilling Unit must be available, as per Section 3.3(E):

 

April 15, 2017

 

Number of days after completion of the Services by which Drilling Unit must be removed from the Area of Operations, as per Sections 2.8, 2.10, and 9.1(I): 10 calendar days

 

Shake down Period number of days: 6.2(C )(3) & 6.2(C)(4):

 

Not applicable for this contract

 

Force Majeure Event number of consecutive days: (per Section 3.3(C) and 9.1(G):

Twenty days

 

Additional requirements prior to the Commencement Date, as per Section 1.1:

 

Applicable:  o            Not Applicable:  x

 

If “Applicable”, indicate requirements: Company will have auditors join rig no later than commencement of mobilization and audit/inspection will be performed at the prevailing terms of this contract.  The audit terms will be mutually agreed prior to January 1, 2017.  The Contractor shall provide full access to the drilling unit and the records of maintenance associated with same.  The deficiencies will be reported to both Company and Contractor.  Contractor agrees to correct deficiencies in a timely manner and at Contractor’s expense.  “Timely Manner” will be agreed at same time the audit terms are agreed.

 

 

Estimated Schedule for Inspection(s) of the Drilling Unit, as per Section 7.2(D)(3):

 

Certification of Drilling Unit:  Equipment inspections as per class and regulatory requirements

None

 

Structural Inspection of Drilling Unit:  Equipment inspections as per class and regulatory requirements

None

 

Estimated UWILD/Drydock Schedule of Drilling Unit:  Equipment inspections as per class and regulatory requirements

None

 

	
Local HES policy attached, as per Section 5.2:
    
   Yes:  o  No:  x
    	
 
    	
Local Drug/Alcohol/Search policy attached,   as per Section 5.2:
    
   Yes:  o  No:  x
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Local Content &/or Workforce   Nationalization requirements, as per Section: Not   applicable
    	
 
    	
Port of Entry for Contractor’s Personnel, as per   Section 1.1 (if applicable): To be determined by   Company.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Contractor’s Personnel Rotation Schedule, as per   Section 7.1(D): 35 day rotation
    	
 
    	
No. of days notice required under   Section 9.1(F)(4) for Contractor to remobilize its personnel:   10 calendar days
    

 

No. of hours allowed per month to effect repairs and preventative maintenance of equipment at the Operating Rate:

 

As per Sections 9.2(A)(1)(a) and per 7.2(C)(4):  A total of twenty-four hours per month is allotted for repairs and preventative maintenance for Surface Equipment (non-accrued); after which compensation will revert to zero Service rate.

 

As per Section 9.2(A)(2)(a) and per 7.2(C)(4):  A total of forty-eight hours per month is allotted repairs and preventative maintenance for Subsea Equipment (non-accrued); after which compensation will revert to zero Service rate.

 

The allowance as indicated above for Section 7.2(C)(4) and Section 9.2 are considered a single combined monthly allowance.

 

Period of Consecutive Days of Stoppage of Services even though Contractor is in compliance with the Required Standard of Performance :

 

Number of Consecutive days for Surface Equipment, as per Section 9.2(A)(1)(b):

Termination: Thirty days

 

Number of Consecutive days for Subsea Equipment, as per Section 9.2(A)(2)(b):

Termination: Forty-Five days  

 

Number of Consecutive days of Stoppage of Services due to Contractor being out of compliance with the Required Standard of Performance: Thirty days

 

 

Variations of Rates due to Changes in Law or Regulation as per Section 9.5.

 

Applicable:  o          Not Applicable:  x

 

If “Applicable”, indicate requirements:

 

Contractor personnel required to load/unload the supplies and materials on supply vessels in the Area of Operations, as per Section 2.16:

 

Yes:  x (as required)          No:  o

 

Transportation arrangements for Contractor’s personnel, if different from those set forth in Section 6.1(E)(4): Not applicable.

 

The Drilling Unit, Ancillary Equipment and Personnel to be furnished by Contractor are detailed in the following Attachments:

 

Attachment A1                  — DRILLING UNIT AND ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS

Attachment A2                  — EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES, MATERIAL AND SERVICES TO BE FURNISHED BY COMPANY AND CONTRACTOR

Attachment A3                  — PERSONNEL TO BE FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR

Attachment A4                  —DRILLING UNIT INSPECTION AND ACCEPTANCE REQUIREMENTS

Attachment A5                  — CONTRACTOR SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

 

The remainder of the page intentionally left blank.

 

 

ATTACHMENT A1 TO EXHIBIT A — SCOPE OF WORK

 

Offshore Drilling Contract No.  PBA 3

 

DRILLING UNIT AND ANCILLARY EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS

 

1.                                      Name of Drilling Unit: Pacific Bora

 

2.                                      Maximum water depth of Drilling Unit capability, as per Section A.4:  10,000 ft.

 

(Capable of 10,000 feet, equipped for 10,000 feet.)

 

3.                                      Drilling depth capability for the Drilling Unit, as per Section A.4:  37,500 ft.

 

4.                                      Drilling Unit specification and specifications for Ancillary Equipment are provided herein:

 

The remainder of the page intentionally left blank.

 

 

 

BEGINNING OF EMBEDDED FILE(S)

 

The remainder of the page intentionally left blank.

 

1

 

 

RIG AND EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS

PACIFIC BORA

 

 

“PACIFIC BORA”

 

 

INTERNATIONAL ASSOCIATION of DRILLING CONTRACTORS

 

STANDARD FORMAT EQUIPMENT LIST for DRILLSHIP UNITS

 

	
Rev
    	
 
    	
Issue date
    	
 
    	
Reason for issue
    	
 
    	
Prepared
    	
 
    	
Checked
    	
 
    	
Approved
    
	
F1
    	
 
    	
11/Aug/09
    	
 
    	
Standardization
    	
 
    	
CvD
    	
 
    	
CvD
    	
 
    	
CvD
    
	
F2
    	
 
    	
11/Nov/09
    	
 
    	
Handling   Tools & Drill Pipe
    	
 
    	
CvD
    	
 
    	
CvD
    	
 
    	
CvD
    
	
H1
    	
 
    	
4/April/10
    	
 
    	
Aux.   equipment
    	
 
    	
CvD
    	
 
    	
CvD
    	
 
    	
CvD
    
	
H2
    	
 
    	
22/July/10
    	
 
    	
Remove   Pacific Mistral reference
    	
 
    	
CvD
    	
 
    	
CvD
    	
 
    	
CvD
    
	
H3
    	
 
    	
1/Sept/10
    	
 
    	
Additional   information
    	
 
    	
CvD
    	
 
    	
CvD
    	
 
    	
CvD
    
	
H4
    	
 
    	
23/May/13
    	
 
    	
Added 2nd BOP + Updated Info
    	
 
    	
CN
    	
 
    	
CvD
    	
 
    	
CvD
    

 

ATTACHMENT A1 — Drilling Unit and Ancillary Equipment Specifications 28NOV16

These specifications are intended for general reference purposes only and are not guaranteed to be current.

 

2

 

RIG AND EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS

PACIFIC BORA

 

TABLE OF CONTENTS

 

	
SECTION A - UNIT SPECIFICATIONS
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
A1
    	
Main Dimensions /   Technical Description
    	
Page
    	
5
    
	
 
    	
A2
    	
Storage Capacities
    	
Page
    	
5
    
	
 
    	
A3
    	
Propulsion / Thrusters
    	
Page
    	
6
    
	
 
    	
A4
    	
Operational   Capabilities
    	
Page
    	
6
    
	
 
    	
A5
    	
Variable Loading
    	
Page
    	
7
    
	
 
    	
A6
    	
Environmental Limits
    	
Page
    	
7
    
	
 
    	
A7
    	
Mooring System
    	
Page
    	
7
    
	
 
    	
A8
    	
Marine Loading Hoses
    	
Page
    	
9
    
	
 
    	
A9
    	
Cranes, Hoists, and Materials   Handling
    	
Page
    	
10
    
	
 
    	
A10
    	
Helicopter Landing Deck
    	
Page
    	
13
    
	
 
    	
A11
    	
Auxiliary Equipment
    	
Page
    	
13
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION B - GENERAL RIG SPECIFICATIONS
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
B1
    	
Derrick and   Substructure
    	
Page
    	
15
    
	
 
    	
B2
    	
Drawworks and   Associated Equipment
    	
Page
    	
16
    
	
 
    	
B3
    	
Derrick Hoisting   Equipment
    	
Page
    	
17
    
	
 
    	
B4
    	
Rotating System
    	
Page
    	
18
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION C  POWER SUPPLY SYSTEMS
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
C1
    	
Rig Power Plant
    	
Page
    	
20
    
	
 
    	
C2
    	
Emergency Generator
    	
Page
    	
22
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION D  DRILLSTRING EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
D1
    	
Tubulars
    	
Page
    	
24
    
	
 
    	
D2
    	
Handling Tools
    	
Page
    	
35
    
	
 
    	
D3
    	
Fishing Equipment
    	
Page
    	
40
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION E - WELL CONTROL/SUBSEA EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
E1
    	
Lower Riser Diverter   Assembly
    	
Page
    	
48
    
	
 
    	
E2
    	
Primary BOP Stack
    	
Page
    	
48
    
	
 
    	
E3
    	
Primary Lower Marine   Riser Package
    	
Page
    	
51
    
	
 
    	
E4
    	
Secondary BOP Stack
    	
Page
    	
51
    
	
 
    	
E5
    	
Secondary Lower Marine   Riser Package
    	
Page
    	
53
    
	
 
    	
E6
    	
Primary Marine Riser   System
    	
Page
    	
54
    
	
 
    	
E7
    	
Secondary Marine Riser   System
    	
Page
    	
57
    
	
 
    	
E8
    	
Diverter BOP
    	
Page
    	
59
    
	
 
    	
E9
    	
Subsea Support System
    	
Page
    	
60
    
	
 
    	
E10
    	
BOP Control System
    	
Page
    	
61
    

 

3

 

	
 
    	
E11
    	
Subsea Control System
    	
Page
    	
62
    
	
 
    	
E12
    	
Acoustic Emergency BOP   Control System
    	
Page
    	
63
    
	
 
    	
E13
    	
Subsea Auxiliary   Equipment
    	
Page
    	
63
    
	
 
    	
E14
    	
Choke Manifold
    	
Page
    	
64
    
	
 
    	
E15
    	
BOP Testing Equipment
    	
Page
    	
65
    
	
 
    	
E16
    	
Wellhead Running /   Retrieving / Testing Tools
    	
Page
    	
65
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION F - MUD SYSTEM/BULK SYSTEM
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
F1
    	
High Pressure Mud   System
    	
Page
    	
67
    
	
 
    	
F2
    	
Low Pressure Mud System
    	
Page
    	
69
    
	
 
    	
F3
    	
Bulk System
    	
Page
    	
73
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION G - CASING / CEMENTING EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
G1
    	
Casing Equipment
    	
Page
    	
75
    
	
 
    	
G2
    	
Cement Equipment
    	
Page
    	
78
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION H - INSTRUMENTATION / COMMUNICATION
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
H1
    	
Drilling   Instrumentation at Driller’s Position
    	
Page
    	
80
    
	
 
    	
H2
    	
Drilling Parameter   Recorder
    	
Page
    	
82
    
	
 
    	
H3
    	
Instrumentation at   Choke Manifold
    	
Page
    	
82
    
	
 
    	
H4
    	
Standpipe Pressure   Gauge
    	
Page
    	
82
    
	
 
    	
H5
    	
Deviation Equipment
    	
Page
    	
82
    
	
 
    	
H6
    	
Calibrated Pressure   Gauges
    	
Page
    	
83
    
	
 
    	
H7
    	
Rig Communication   System
    	
Page
    	
83
    
	
 
    	
H8
    	
Environmental   Instrumentation
    	
Page
    	
84
    
	
 
    	
H9
    	
DP, Vessel Control and   Navigation Systems
    	
Page
    	
84
    
	
 
    	
H10
    	
Radio Equipment
    	
Page
    	
89
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION I - PRODUCTION TEST EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
l1
    	
Burners
    	
Page
    	
93
    
	
 
    	
l2
    	
Burner Booms
    	
Page
    	
93
    
	
 
    	
l3
    	
Lines Required on   Burner Booms
    	
Page
    	
93
    
	
 
    	
l4
    	
Sprinkler System
    	
Page
    	
94
    
	
 
    	
l5
    	
Fixed Lines for Well   Testing
    	
Page
    	
94
    
	
 
    	
I6
    	
Auxiliary Power   Availability
    	
Page
    	
95
    

 

4

 

	
SECTION J - WORKOVER TOOLS
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
J1
    	
N/A
    	
Page
    	
96
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION K — ACCOMMODATION
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
K1
    	
Offices
    	
Page
    	
97
    
	
 
    	
K2
    	
Living Quarters
    	
Page
    	
97
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION L - SAFETY EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
L1
    	
General Safety   Equipment
    	
Page
    	
99
    
	
 
    	
L2
    	
Gas / Fire / Smoke   Detection
    	
Page
    	
100
    
	
 
    	
L3
    	
Fire Fighting Equipment
    	
Page
    	
102
    
	
 
    	
L4
    	
Breathing Apparatus
    	
Page
    	
104
    
	
 
    	
L5
    	
Emergency First Aid   Equipment
    	
Page
    	
105
    
	
 
    	
L6
    	
Helideck Rescue   Equipment
    	
Page
    	
106
    
	
 
    	
L7
    	
Rig Safety Store
    	
Page
    	
107
    
	
 
    	
L8
    	
Emergency Warning   Alarms
    	
Page
    	
107
    
	
 
    	
L9
    	
Survival Equipment
    	
Page
    	
108
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
SECTION M - POLLUTION PREVENTION EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
M1
    	
Sewage Treatment
    	
Page
    	
110
    
	
 
    	
M2
    	
Garbage Compaction
    	
Page
    	
110
    
	
 
    	
M3
    	
Garbage Disposal /   Grinder
    	
Page
    	
110
    

 

5

 

	
A.            UNIT   SPECIFICATIONS
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Rig   type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6th Generation Ultra-Deepwater Drillship
    
	
Unit/Design/Shape:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Samsung 10000   Double-Hull DP Drillship 
    
	
Unit   flag:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Liberia
    
	
Port   of Registry
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Monrovia
    
	
Call   Sign
    	
 
    	
 
    	
A8WH8
    
	
Official   Number
    	
 
    	
 
    	
14745
    
	
Unit   classification:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
ABS, XA1E,   “Drilling Unit”, XAMS,   XACCU, DLA, XDPS-3,   NBLES. 
    
	
IMO   Certification:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Which   code version:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
MODU Code 1989 ammended   to 2001
    
	
Year   of Construction:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pacific Bora 2010
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pacific Mistral 2011
    
	
Construction   Yard:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Samsung Heavy   Industries - Geoje, South Korea
    
	
Type of Positioning   system
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Dynamic Positioning —   DP3 Class
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Kongsberg Simrad SDP-32   as per ABS XDPS-3
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.1                             MAIN DIMENSIONS &   TECHNICAL  SPECS
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Deadweight (light   ship):
    	
mt
    	
 
    	
36,000  (per design)
    
	
Maximum Loaded   Displacement
    	
mt
    	
 
    	
96,000  (per design)
    
	
Maximum Variable Deck   Load
    	
mt
    	
 
    	
20,000
    
	
Draft at loadline   (deepest):
    	
m
    	
 
    	
12
    
	
Overall length of unit   (including anchor racks):
    	
m
    	
 
    	
228.0 
    
	
Length Between   Perpendiculars
    	
m
    	
 
    	
219.4 
    
	
Overall width of unit   (including anchor racks):
    	
m
    	
 
    	
42 
    
	
Forward deck dimensions
    	
m x m
    	
 
    	
29.5 x 37.6
    
	
Aft deck dimensions
    	
m x m
    	
 
    	
63.3 x 37.6
    
	
Main deck elevation   above baseline:
    	
m
    	
 
    	
19 
    
	
Number of main   columns/diameter:
    	
no x m
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Number of small   columns/diameter:
    	
no x m
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Drilling draft/related   displacement:
    	
m/mt
    	
 
    	
12.0 / 96,000 Tonnes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
(Note not including   5.82m Thruster below keel)
    
	
Transit draft/related   displacement:
    	
m/mt
    	
 
    	
8.5 /  66,500 Tonnes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
(Note not including   5.82m Thruster below keel)     
    
	
Moon pool dimensions:
    	
m x m
    	
 
    	
28.8 x 12.48    (length x width)          
    
	
Maximum opening through   moon pool:
    	
m
    	
 
    	
28.8 x 10.48
    
	
Pontoon length:
    	
m
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Pontoon breadth:
    	
m
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Pontoon height:
    	
m
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Maximum Setback,   Rotary & Hook Load
    	
lbs
    	
 
    	
5,640,000 
    
	
Fuel Consumption (ave   drilling)
    	
m3/day
    	
 
    	
Estimate 55
    
	
Accommodation for max.   no. of personnel
    	
 
    	
 
    	
200 persons
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.2          STORAGE CAPACITIES
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Heavy Fuel or Diesel   Oil tank
    	
m3
    	
 
    	
5,700          (35,850 bbls)
    
	
Diesel Oil Tank
    	
m3
    	
 
    	
500             (3,140  bbls)
    
	
Lube Oil Tank
    	
m3
    	
 
    	
120             (750  bbls)
    
	
Drilling water
    	
m3
    	
 
    	
2,600          (16,350 bbls)
    
	
Potable water
    	
m3
    	
 
    	
1,300          (8,175 bbls)
    
	
Active liquid mud
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
5,500 + 500 (2 chemicals   + 2 slugs) (max 18.2PPG)
    
	
Reserve liquid Mud
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
6,000 + 3,000 (Reserve   or Waste)(max 18.2 PPG)
    
	
Brine Storage Tank        (Heavy brine)
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
5,000
    
	
Crude Oil
    	
m3
    	
 
    	
N/A       
    
	
Base Oil Tank
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
5,000
    

 

6

 

	
Bulk bentonite
    	
m3
    	
 
    	
113 (3,990 cu.ft)
    
	
Bulk barite
    	
m3
    	
 
    	
339 (11,972 cu.ft)
    
	
Bulk cement
    	
m3
    	
 
    	
452 (15,962 cu.ft)
    
	
Sacks storage
    	
sacks
    	
 
    	
10.000 
    
	
Pipe racks area
    	
m2
    	
 
    	
795
    
	
Load bearing capacity
    	
kg/m2
    	
 
    	
2,164
    
	
Riser racks area:
    	
m2
    	
 
    	
730
    
	
Load bearing capacity:
    	
kg/m2
    	
 
    	
5,600
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Miscellaneous storage   area:
    	
m2
    	
 
    	
Net area at the   deck/casing rack for   production   riser, etc. and 351 m2 intended for      miscellaneous equipment.
    
	
Ballast   system
    	
m3
    	
 
    	
68,500
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.3          PROPULSION &   THRUSTERS
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.3.1      In-line Propulsion
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Shafts:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Motors per shaft:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Motors make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Total HP per shaft:
    	
hp
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Propeller type   (fixed/variable blade):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Nozzled:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.3.2      Thrusters
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
6
    
	
Fixed/azimuthing:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Azimuthing / Rolls   Royce / UUC 505
    
	
Motors per thruster:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type motors:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
ABB Sami MegaStar
    
	
Total HP per thrusters
    	
bhp
    	
 
    	
7,478        (5,500 Kw)
    
	
Propeller type (fixed/variable   blade):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Fixed pitch, variable   speed
    
	
Nozzled:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.3.3      Dynamic Positioning
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Kongsberg 
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Kongsberg K-POS DP32
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Kongsberg K-POS DP12   Class 3 backup
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Designed according to   ABS DPS-3 
    
	
Full DP or Mooring   Assist:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Full DP
    
	
Position Reference:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1 x DGPS Seatex DPS-132
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1 x DGPS Seatex DPS   200,
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2 x Simrad HiPAP 501   Hydroacoustic Systems
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.4          OPERATIONAL CAPABILITIES
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Maximum designed water   depth capability:
    	
m
    	
 
    	
3,048           10,000 ft
    
	
Outfitted max. water   depth capability:
    	
m
    	
 
    	
3,048           10.000 ft
    
	
Drilling depth   capability (rated):
    	
m    ft
    	
 
    	
11,429         37,500 ft
    
	
Transit speed towed   (historical avg.):
    	
kts
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Transit speed self   propelled
    	
kts
    	
 
    	
12.0 knots at transit draft
    

 

7

 

	
A.5          VARIABLE LOADING (VL)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Transit VL:
    	
mt
    	
 
    	
16,500
    
	
Drilling VL:
    	
mt
    	
 
    	
20,000
    
	
Survival VL:
    	
mt
    	
 
    	
20,000
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.6          ENVIRONMENTAL LIMITS
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Drilling
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Air   gap (below lower deck)
    	
m
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Max.   wave height
    	
m
    	
 
    	
6.7
    
	
Max.   wave period
    	
sec
    	
 
    	
7-10
    
	
Max.   wind velocity (1 min mean)
    	
kts
    	
 
    	
52
    
	
Max.   current velocity
    	
kts
    	
 
    	
3.5
    
	
Max.   heave (double amplitude)
    	
m
    	
 
    	
6
    
	
Max.   pitch (double amplitude)
    	
degrees
    	
 
    	
4.4o
    
	
Max.   roll (double amplitude)
    	
degrees
    	
 
    	
6o
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Design Criteria
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Air   gap (below lower deck)
    	
m
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Max.   wave height
    	
m
    	
 
    	
14.4
    
	
Max.   Wave crest height
    	
m
    	
 
    	
22
    
	
Max.   wave period
    	
sec
    	
 
    	
17
    
	
Max.   wind velocity
    	
m/sec
    	
 
    	
51.4 for 1 min. , 61.7   for 3 sec.
    
	
Max.   current velocity
    	
kts
    	
 
    	
1.92 @ surface and 0 @   bottom
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.7          MOORING SYSTEM
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.7.1      Anchor Winches
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Rolls-Royce
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Type CU 107 U3 H
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
55.4 Tons @ 9m/min
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Max Pull 83.2 tonnes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Brake holding load   365.1 tonnes
    
	
Type (electric/hydraulic/diesel)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hydraulic
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.7.2      Fairleads
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Free rotating range:
    	
degrees
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.7.3      Anchors
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.7.3.1   Anchors — Primary
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Stockless type
    
	
Weight:
    	
lt
    	
 
    	
14.1 tons
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.7.3.2   Anchors - Spare
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
0
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Weight:
    	
lt
    	
 
    	
N/A
    

 

8

 

	
A.7.4      Anchor Lines
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Wire
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:   (installed/spare):
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Specification:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Diameter:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Weight   per unit length:
    	
lbs/ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Useful   length (nominal):
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Classification:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Breaking   strength:
    	
lt
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Chain
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:   (installed/spare):
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
Installed
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
DAI HAN ANCHOR CHAIN   MFG.CO.LTD
    
	
Diameter:
    	
mm
    	
 
    	
107      4 1⁄4 “
    
	
Shot   length
    	
m
    	
 
    	
12x27.5MTRS / 1x17.5   MTRS / 1x3.8MTRS
    
	
Shot   Number
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
AS ABOVE
    
	
Useful   length (Class Requirement)
    	
m    ft
    	
 
    	
330
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.7.5                   Anchors   Line Running & Retrieval System
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Primary type   (pennant-buoy or chaser):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.7.5.1   Pennant Lines
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Diameter:
    	
m
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.7.5.2   Anchor Buoys
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Volume each:
    	
m3
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Foam filled:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.7.5.3   Smit Bracket
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Foc’sle
    
	
Quantity
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
TANKTECH COMPANY LTD
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
KETA-45F   200TON
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.7.6      Emergency Towing Gear
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Poopdeck
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
KET-40A
    
	
Hook-up system
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Fully-rigged   Fairlead & Strongpoint
    
	
Rating:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
200 T
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.7.7      Mooring Winches
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
9
    

 

9

 

	
Locations
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Foc’sle,   midships & poopdeck
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Wire 200m x 32mm plus   11m nylon rope tail
    
	
Minimum Breaking Load   of wires
    	
mT
    	
 
    	
65
    
	
Power Rating
    	
mT x m/min
    	
 
    	
20 x 15
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.7.8      Mooring Lines
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
Locations   (port/stbd/both):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Both
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Polypropolene 8-strand   Flexply
    
	
Size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
220m coils x 180mm
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.7.9      Supplyboat Mooring Lines
    	
 
    	
 
    	
(As above)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Locations   (port/stbd/both):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Type;
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.8          MARINE LOADING HOSES
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Locations of loading   manifolds (port/stbd/both):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Both
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.8.1      Potable Water Hose
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
4” x 130’ single-length
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Titan / SW 333   150 PSI     Swaged nipples
    
	
Color coding:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Blue
    
	
Make/type connection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4”   Male Weco Hammerlock & cover
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.8.2      Drilling Water Hose
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
4” x 130’ single-length
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Powerflex Oil Transfer   150 PSI Swaged nipples
    
	
Color coding:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Make/type   connection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4”   Male Weco Hammerlock
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.8.3      Fuel Oil Hose
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
4” x 130’ single-length   — swaged nipples
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Goodall N2492 Petral   2000 Petroleum 200 PSI
    
	
Color coding:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Make/type   connection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4” Male Weco Hammerlock
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
with 4” ball valve   close coupled
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.8.4                   Mud Hose
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
4” x 130’ single-length
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Powerflex Oil Transfer   150 PSI Swaged nipples
    
	
Color   coding:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Make/type   connection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4” Male Weco Hammerlock
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
with 4” ball valve   close coupled
    
					

 

10

 

	
A.8.5                   Cement   Hose
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
5” x 130’   single-length
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Soft Wall 6” x   150 ft long Swaged nipples
    
	
Color coding:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Make/type connection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5” Male Weco   Hammerlock & cover
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.8.6                   Barite/Bentonite Hose
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
5” x 130’   single-length
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Soft Wall 6” x   150 ft long Swaged nipples
    
	
Color coding:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Make/type connection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5” Male Weco Hammerlock &   cover
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.8.7                   Base Oil Hose
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
4” x 130’   single-length
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Powerflex Oil   Transfer 150 PSI Swaged nipples
    
	
Color coding:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Make/type connection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4” Male Weco   Hammerlock
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
with 4” ball   valve close coupled
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.8.8                   Brine Hose
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
4” x 130’   single-length
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Powerflex Oil   Transfer 150 PSI Swaged nipples
    
	
Color coding:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Make/type connection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4” Male Weco   Hammerlock
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.9                             CRANES, HOISTS & MATERIALS HANDLING
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.9.1      Cranes, Revolving, Main
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
Specification   (API, etc):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
API
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Knuckle-Boom   Electro-Hydraulic Crane
    
	
Location   (stbd,port,aft, frwd):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Stbd aft, Stbd   Fwd, Port Aft, Port Fwd
    
	
Boom length:
    	
m
    	
 
    	
42.3
    
	
Hook reach below   main deck
    	
m
    	
 
    	
ABLE TO REACH   MINIMUM OF 19MTRS
    
	
Load/radius
    	
 
    	
 
    	
85 mT @ 18m
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
34 mT @ 39m
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
17 mT @ 42m
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Able to lift 85   mton x-mas tree between moon- pool area and supply boat
    
	
Hoisting Speed
    	
 
    	
 
    	
0-10 m/min
    
	
Maximum Luffing   Speed
    	
 
    	
 
    	
100 secs from   max to min radius
    
	
Maximum Load   Slewing Speed
    	
 
    	
 
    	
0.5 to 1.0 RPM
    
	
Drum Capacity   for Hoisting Height
    	
 
    	
 
    	
240m below   slewing bearing on single part
    
	
Hook load indicator   automatically corrected for boom angle:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Alarm (audible,   visual, both):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Audible
    

 

11

 

	
Automatic brake:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Safety latch on hooks:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Crown saver (limit   switch):
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Boom illumination:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Boom CCTV Camera   for Operator
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
Riser &   Pipe Handling Equipment
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes — 2 Riser   handling Yokes & 1 pipe gripper
    
	
Baskets for   personnel transfer
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.9.2      Helideck Crane
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Specification   (API, etc):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
API
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hochang
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Electro-Hydraulic
    
	
Location   (stbd,port,aft, frwd):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Helideck aft
    
	
Boom length:
    	
m
    	
 
    	
20
    
	
Capacity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
10 mT SWL
    
	
Working Radius
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4.5m to 20m
    
	
Hoisting Speed
    	
 
    	
 
    	
10m/min @   SWL      20m/min @ no load
    
	
Luffing Time
    	
 
    	
 
    	
60 seconds
    
	
Slewing Speed
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1.0 RPM
    
	
Hook load indicator   automatically corrected for boom angle:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
Alarm (audible,   visual, both):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Audible
    
	
Automatic brake:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Safety latch on   hooks:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Crown saver   (limit switch):
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Boom   illumination:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Baskets for   personnel transfer:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.9.3      Forklifts
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Doosan
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
lt
    	
 
    	
3 tons
    
	
Explosion proof:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.9.4      Monorail Overhead Cranes
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
0
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Related Capacity:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    

 

12

 

	
Electric Chain   Hoist
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
LK Hoist Co. Ltd
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
3 phase induction motor
    
	
Power:
    	
KW   LT
    	
 
    	
0.4
    
	
Location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
STBD/PORT/Centr/Engine   room
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Motor for the   electric chain hoist
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
LK Hoist Co. Ltd
    
	
Power:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
3 phase induction motor
    
	
Location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2/0.5
    
	
Electric Chain   Hoist
    	
 
    	
 
    	
STBD/PORT/Centr/Engine   room
    
	
Quantity:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
LK Hoist Co. Ltd
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
LTD-2W
    
	
Location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2 Ton
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
STBD/PORT/Centr/Engine   room
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.9.5      BOP Handling System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
BOP Gantry Crane
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
mt
    	
 
    	
2 x main hoists   200 mt each
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2 x aux hoists   of 35 mt each
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
BOP Trolley
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
mt
    	
 
    	
420
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
BOP Bulkhead   Guiding
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
mt
    	
 
    	
400
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Base Plate 200   mT / X-mas Tree Trolley
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no
    	
 
    	
1 Each
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
mt
    	
 
    	
200 with 2 each   120 mT X-mas Tree skids
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.9.6      Air Hoists/Derrick   Winches
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.9.6.1   Rig Floor Winches (Non   man-riding)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hydraulic
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
mt
    	
 
    	
5
    
	
Wire diameter:
    	
mm
    	
 
    	
19
    
	
Wire Length
    	
m
    	
 
    	
120
    
	
Automatic   brakes:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Overload   protection:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Automatic   spooling:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    

 

13

 

	
A.9.6.2   Monkey Board Work Winch
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hydraulic
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
lb
    	
 
    	
2200
    
	
Wire diameter:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
1⁄4
    
	
Wire Length
    	
m
    	
 
    	
40
    
	
Automatic   brakes:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Overload protection:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.9.6.3         Rig Floor   “Man-Riding” Winch
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hydraulic
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
kg
    	
 
    	
150
    
	
Wire diameter:
    	
mm
    	
 
    	
10
    
	
Wire Length
    	
m
    	
 
    	
140
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Non-twist wire:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Automatic   brakes:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Overload   protection:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Automatic   spooling:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Certified for man-riding:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.9.6.4   Utility Winch (Moonpool)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hydraulic
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
mt
    	
 
    	
5
    
	
Wire diameter:
    	
mm
    	
 
    	
19
    
	
Wire Length
    	
m
    	
 
    	
120
    
	
Automatic   brakes:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Overload   protection:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Automatic   spooling:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.9.6.5   Moonpool “Man-Riding”   Winch
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hydraulic
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
lt
    	
 
    	
150 kg
    
	
Wire diameter:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
10mm
    
	
Non-twist wire:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Automatic   brakes:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Overload protection:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Automatic   spooling:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.10       HELICOPTER LANDING DECK
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Forward      (above accommodation)
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Aluminium
    
	
Dimensions:
    	
m x m
    	
 
    	
Octagonal 27.2 x   27.2
    
	
Perimeter safety   net:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Load capacity:
    	
mt
    	
 
    	
21.3
    
	
Designed for   helicopter type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Chinook (exceeds   S-92 req.)
    
	
Tie down points:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    

 

14

 

	
Covered by foam   fire system:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes    3 fire monitors
    
	
Helideck lighting to   aviation specification as required by country of operation:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
CAP 437   compliant
    
	
Helicopter   Beacon Transmitter
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.10.1    Helicopter Refueling   System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Specification
    	
 
    	
 
    	
CAP-437
    
	
Fuel storage   capacity:
    	
Lt
    	
 
    	
3 Transportable   tanks of 2,900lt capacity each
    
	
Jettisonable:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Fuel transport   containers:
    	
qty
    	
 
    	
0
    
	
Volume (ea):
    	
Lt
    	
 
    	
NA
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Covered by foam   fire system:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.11       AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.11.1    Water Distillation
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
SASAKURA /   EX-40E
    
	
Capacity   (each/total):
    	
T/day
    	
 
    	
40T/120T
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.11.2    Boilers
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Kangrim   Industries Co. LTD
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
MB0101DR02
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Working Press   15.7 Bar
    
	
Capacity (total   system):
    	
lbs/hr
    	
 
    	
10,000 kg/hr (1)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.11.3    Air Conditioning
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2   (accomodations)
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hi-Air Korea   Condensing Units
    
	
Capacity (total   system):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Total 1,216 kW
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.11.4    Electric Welding Sets
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Current   capacity:
    	
amp
    	
 
    	
400
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
UNITOR / UWI-400
    
	
Type:
    	
fixed/portable
    	
 
    	
Fixed
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
A.11.5    High Pressure Cleaner
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
UNITOR TYPE KEW
    
	
Electric/pneumatic/diesel:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Electric
    
	
Max delivered   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
2,240
    
					

 

15

 

	
B.            GENERAL   RIG SPECIFICATIONS
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.1          DERRICK AND SUBSTRUCTURE
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV 
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Dual Dynamic   bottle-neck Type

API Spec 4   /RP4E, one drawworks and one topdrive only, in main activity centre 
    
	
Rated for wind   speed
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
With full set back:
    	
kts
    	
 
    	
60   (1,200mt set back)
    
	
With no set back:
    	
kts
    	
 
    	
100 ( 900mt set   back)
    
	
Free Internal   Lifting Height:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
161 ft 49m  
    
	
Distance between   Well centers
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
40 
    
	
Dimensions of   base:
    	
ft x ft
    	
 
    	
60  x 80 
    
	
Water Table   Dimensions  Main Well :
    	
ft x ft
    	
 
    	
20  x 20 
    
	
Water Table   Dimensions  Aux Well :
    	
ft x ft
    	
 
    	
20  x 20 
    
	
Gross nominal   capacity:
    	
lb
    	
 
    	
2,000,000 Main   Well and 1,000,000 Aux. simultaneously
    
	
Maximum number   of lines Main Well:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
14
    
	
Maximum number   of lines AUX Well:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N / A
    
	
Personal   Elevator
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Ladders with   safety cages and rests:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Platform for   crown sheave access:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Counter balance, system   for rig tongs and pipe spinning tong:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Lighting system   explosion proof:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.1.2      Racking Platform
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV
    
	
Racking platform   capacity of 6 5/8” DP:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
32,130’ (252 stds) + 14,025’ (110 stds x 5 7/8)
    
	
or
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Racking platform   capacity of 5 7/8” or 5 1⁄2” DP
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
46,155’ (362   stds of 127.5’)
    
	
and
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Racking platform   capacity of 9 1⁄2 DC:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
6 stds (720’)
    
	
and
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Racking platform   capacity of 8 1/4 DC
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
12 stds (1,440’)
    
	
and
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Racking platform   capacity of  6 3⁄4 DC:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
6 stds (720’)
    
	
and
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Racking platform   capacity of  4 3⁄4 DC:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
11 stds (1,320’)
    
	
and
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Racking platform   capacity of casing: (± 127.5’)no.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
80 x 13 3/8” (10,200’)or 105 x 9 5/8” (13,388’) or   105 x 7” (13,388’)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.1.3                   Racking Arm
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV 
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2 each NOV - HydraRacker  HR IV

3 1⁄2”, 4 3⁄4”, 5”,   5 7/8 “,  6 5/8”, 6 3⁄4”, 7”, 

7 5/8”, 8 1⁄4”, 9   5/8”, 10 3⁄4”, 13 3/8”, 14”, 20”    
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.1.4                   Maintenance Work Basket
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hydralift 2 each   in derrick, 2 each in moonpool
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
STB-300-90C 120-10
    

 

16

 

	
Adjustable from/to   height above rotary:
    	
m/m
    	
 
    	
0 to 20
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.1.5      Substructure
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
SHI
    
	
Height (above   main deck):
    	
m
    	
 
    	
18
    
	
Length:
    	
m    ft
    	
 
    	
29.54
    
	
Width:
    	
m
    	
 
    	
29.49
    
	
Setback   capacity:
    	
kips
    	
 
    	
2640  (2 x 770    + 1,100 casing )
    
	
Simultaneous   setback + hookload capacity  
    	
kips
    	
 
    	
2,640 + 2,000 +   1,000
    
	
Clear height   below R/table beams (x-mas trees handling):
    	
 
    	
8,2 m clear   height above xmas tree trolley 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.1.6      Weather Proofing
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Rig floor   windbreaks height:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
16 1⁄2 
    
	
Derrickman   windbreaks height:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
30   level 108 to 138
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.1.7      Derrick TV Camera System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Camera located   at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Monkey board,   crown, stabbing board, drill floor, shakers, moonpool, on-and offline pipe   handling system, Drawworks, Flow divider
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hernis Scan   Systems AS
    
	
Zoom/Pan/Tilt-function:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Monitor located   at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Doghouse,   toolpusher office, bridge, company man office, ET workshop and ECR
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.2                             DRAWWORKS AND ASSOCIATED EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.2.1      Drawworks
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
SSGD 1,000-5,750
    
	
Motors   make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Baylor CM   628-TUT/ AC motor
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
5
    
	
Maximun input   power continuous:
    	
hp
    	
 
    	
5,750 
    
	
Maximun output   power intermittent:
    	
hp
    	
 
    	
5,750 
    
	
Drum type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Lebus grooved
    
	
Drum diameter:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
55
    
	
Drum Lenght
    	
in
    	
 
    	
82
    
	
Wire diameter:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Maximum line   pull 14 lines:
    	
lb
    	
 
    	
2,000,000
    
	
Maximum line   pull 12 lines:
    	
lb
    	
 
    	
1,738,000
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Spinning cathead   type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
None
    
	
Breakout cathead   type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV / Model CAR   —P15-2 Hydraulic cathead — dual. 
    
	
Crown block   safety device make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Hi-Tec   integrated control system
    
	
Independent fresh water   cooling system for drawworks and electric brake:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Drawworks lube   oil cooling system and hydraulic brake cooling system.
    

 

17

 

	
B.2.2      Auxiliary Brake
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Independent   back-up system type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
“Fail Safe”   spring applied disk brakes for parking and emergency 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.2.3      Sandline
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Length capacity:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Line size/type:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Breaking   strength:
    	
lt
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Safe working   load:
    	
lt
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.2.4      Wireline
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
See H.5.2
    
	
Length capacity:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Line size/type:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.2.5                   Automatic Driller
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Incorporated in HiTec WOB/ROP Mode
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.3          DERRICK HOISTING   EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.3.1      Crown Block  (CMC see data below)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
kips
    	
 
    	
2,000
    
	
No. of   sheaves:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
6 on main sheave   cluster

+ 2 on tandem   fastline

+ 2 on tandem   deadline
    
	
Sheaves   diameter:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
72
    
	
Sheave grooved   for line size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.3.2      Travel Block
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV / Integrated   Travelling Block, Hook and Swivel with Top Drive.
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
HTB 1,000 7 x   72”- 2”
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
kips
    	
 
    	
2,000
    
	
No. of   sheaves:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
7
    
	
Sheaves   diameter:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
72
    
	
Sheave grooved   for line size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.3.3                   Hook
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
See B.3.2
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
mt
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Complete with spring   assembly/hook locking device:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    

 

18

 

	
B.3.4                   Swivel
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
See B.4.4
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
kips
    	
 
    	
2,000
    
	
Test/working pressure:
    	
psi/psi
    	
 
    	
7,500
    
	
Gooseneck and   washpipe minimum ID>= 76mm:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes  78mm
    
	
Left hand pin   connection size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
7 5/8” Reg   (Rigth hand — Top Drive)
    
	
Access fitting   for wireline entry on top of gooseneck:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.3.5      Drilling Line
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Diameter:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6x19 EIPS IWRC
    
	
Length   (original):
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
15,000
    
	
Support frame   for drum:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Drilling line   drum power driven:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Spare reel   drilling line:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes, 15,000’
    
	
Location (rig,   shore, etc.):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Shore
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.3.6      Anchor Dead Line
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV  
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
FRH 200 CHR,   Rotary Slip Deadline
    
	
Weight sensor:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.3.7      Crown Mounted Motion   Compensator
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV 
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
CMC (passive +   active mode)
    
	
Stroke:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
25
    
	
Capacity - compensated:
    	
kips
    	
 
    	
1,000 
    
	
Capacity — locked :
    	
kips
    	
 
    	
2,000
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.3.8      Block Guidance System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV 
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Complete set of   guide tracks to accommodate the retractable HPS10002E-AC-KT
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.3.9      Retraction System for   Traveling Block
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV 
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Block Retract system
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.4          ROTATING SYSTEM
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Rotating   Mousehole
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.4.1      Rotary Table
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Varco 
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
BJ-RST60.5
    
	
Maximum opening:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
60 1⁄2
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
kips
    	
 
    	
2,000
    
	
Static load   capacity:
    	
kips
    	
 
    	
2,000
    

 

19

 

	
Rotating load   capacity:
    	
kips @ rpm
    	
 
    	
1,500 @ 15 rpm   max.
    
	
Two speed   gearbox:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
Emergency chain   drive:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
Driven by an   independent electric motor:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No/Hydraulic   drive
    
	
Electric motor   type/make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Maximum continuous   torque:
    	
ft lbs
    	
 
    	
45,000
    
	
Drip pan/mud   collection system:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.4.2      Master Bushings
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Varco 
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
MPCH
    
	
Insert bowls #3,   #2, #1:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1 set each
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.4.3      Kelly Bushing
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Lock down   assembly:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.4.4      Top Drive
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV 
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
HPS10002E-AC-KT
    
	
Type   (electric/hydraulic):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Electric AC
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
st
    	
 
    	
1,000 
    
	
Test/working   pressure:
    	
psi/psi
    	
 
    	
7,500
    
	
If driven   by  electric motor
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2 x GEB 20 B2 AC   
    
	
Output power:
    	
hp
    	
 
    	
1,150 
    
	
Maximum continuous   torque:
    	
ft lbs
    	
 
    	
78,000 
    
	
Two speed   gearbox:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
Maximum rotary   speed:
    	
rpm
    	
 
    	
280
    
	
Remote operated   kelly cock:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Cooling system   type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Local Blower
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
B.4.4.1   Top Drive   Makeup/Breakout System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pipe Handler
    
	
Max. breakout   torque that can be applied by system:
    	
ft-lbs
    	
 
    	
115,000
    
					

 

20

 

	
C.                                    POWER SUPPLY SYSTEMS
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
C.1                             RIG POWER PLANT
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
C.1.1                   Diesel Engines
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
6
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Wartsila
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
16V32/40
    
	
Maximum   continuous power:
    	
kw
    	
 
    	
7,290
    
	
At rotation speed of:
    	
rpm
    	
 
    	
720
    
	
Equipped with   spark arrestors:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Mufflers   installed:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
C.1.2                   DC — Generator
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
0
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Continuous   power:
    	
kw
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
At rotation speed of:
    	
rpm
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Output volts:
    	
volts
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
C.1.3                   AC — Generator
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
6
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
ABB
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
AMG 0900XU10
    
	
Continuous   power:
    	
kva
    	
 
    	
8,750 @ 0.8 pf
    
	
At rotation speed of:
    	
rpm
    	
 
    	
720
    
	
Output volts:
    	
volts
    	
 
    	
11,000
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
C.1.4                   VFD System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Number of Diode   Supply units:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4 (Total 8   Units, 4 in each SWBD)
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
ABB/ ACS   800-507LC-3820-7
    
	
Rating :
    	
kva
    	
 
    	
3824
    
	
Supply volts:
    	
volts
    	
 
    	
690
    
	
No. phase
    	
 
    	
 
    	
3 phase
    
	
No. of   pulses
    	
 
    	
 
    	
12 pulse
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Number of Top   drives & Mud Pumps VFD:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
12
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
ABB/   ACS800LC-1370-7
    
	
Nominal Power:
    	
kva
    	
 
    	
1370
    
	
Output volts:
    	
volts
    	
 
    	
690
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Number of   Drawworks VFD:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
10
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
ABB/   ACS800LC-1590-7
    
	
Nominal Power:
    	
kva
    	
 
    	
1590
    
	
Output volts:
    	
volts
    	
 
    	
690 VAC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Number of   Dynamic Braking Unit:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
ABB/ ACS800-607LC-1300-7
    
	
Braking Power:
    	
kw
    	
 
    	
1200 KW (each)
    
	
Input volts (Max):
    	
volts
    	
 
    	
1200 Vdc.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2                  (Drilling)
    

 

21

 

	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
ABB / RESIBLOC,   Dry type tranformer
    
	
Continuous power   (each):
    	
kva
    	
 
    	
7,200
    
	
Output volts:
    	
volts
    	
 
    	
725
    
	
Frequency:
    	
Hz
    	
 
    	
60
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
6                  (Thruster Drive)
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
ABB / RESIBLOC,   Dry type tranformer
    
	
Continuous power   (each):
    	
kva
    	
 
    	
6,500
    
	
Output volts:
    	
volts
    	
 
    	
1672
    
	
Frequency:
    	
Hz
    	
 
    	
60
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2                   (Thruster Aux 2&3)
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
ABB / RESIBLOC,   Dry type tranformer
    
	
Continuous power   (each):
    	
kva
    	
 
    	
2,000
    
	
Output volts:
    	
volts
    	
 
    	
450
    
	
Frequency:
    	
Hz
    	
 
    	
60
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
3                  (AFT E/R TRANSFORMERS)
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
ABB / RESIBLOC,   Dry type tranformer
    
	
Continuous power   (each):
    	
kva
    	
 
    	
2,000
    
	
Output volts:
    	
volts
    	
 
    	
450
    
	
Frequency:
    	
Hz
    	
 
    	
60
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2                  (TOP SIDE)
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
SANIL
    
	
Continuous power   (each):
    	
kva
    	
 
    	
2,700
    
	
Output volts:
    	
volts
    	
 
    	
450
    
	
Frequency:
    	
Hz
    	
 
    	
60
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1                  (THRUSTER 1 AUX)
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
ABB / RESIBLOC,   Dry type tranformer
    
	
Continuous power   (each):
    	
kva
    	
 
    	
4,000
    
	
Output volts:
    	
volts
    	
 
    	
450
    
	
Frequency:
    	
Hz
    	
 
    	
60
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
6                  (THRUSTER AUX PANEL)
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
ABB
    
	
Continuous power   (each):
    	
kva
    	
 
    	
25
    
	
Output volts:
    	
volts
    	
 
    	
230
    
	
Frequency:
    	
Hz
    	
 
    	
60
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4                 (FWD 220)
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
SANIL
    
	
Continuous power   (each):
    	
kva
    	
 
    	
200
    
	
Output volts:
    	
volts
    	
 
    	
230
    
	
Frequency:
    	
Hz
    	
 
    	
60
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
3                 (Aft Machinery)
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
SANIL
    
	
Continuous power   (each):
    	
kva
    	
 
    	
125
    
	
Output volts:
    	
volts
    	
 
    	
230
    
	
Frequency:
    	
Hz
    	
 
    	
60
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2                 (Emergency)
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
SANIL
    
	
Continuous power   (each):
    	
kva
    	
 
    	
250
    
	
Output volts:
    	
volts
    	
 
    	
230
    
	
Frequency:
    	
Hz
    	
 
    	
60
    

 

22

 

	
C.1.6                   Emergency Shutdown
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Emergency   shutdown switches for the complete power system (AC & DC), located   at the following points:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Drilling Control   Station, Emergency HQ Room and Aft CO2 room, plus through Vessel management   system on bridge and  ECR
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
C.1.7                   Auxiliary   Power Supply
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Power supply for   a mud logging unit:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Power supply   available
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Output volts:
    	
volts
    	
 
    	
440
    
	
Frequency:
    	
Hz
    	
 
    	
60
    
	
Current:
    	
amps
    	
 
    	
100
    
	
Phase:
    	
single/three
    	
 
    	
Three
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
C.1.8                   Compressed Air System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Air Compressors   - High Pressure:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hamworthy
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
(4SW80)
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
m3/hr
    	
 
    	
120 (each)
    
	
Working press:
    	
Bar
    	
 
    	
207 (Normal WP)
    
	
Prime mover   (electric/diesel):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Electric
    
	
Continuous power:
    	
kw
    	
 
    	
43
    
	
Air dryers:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Twin Tower /   Hamworthy
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
cfm
    	
 
    	
75
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Air Compressors   — Medium pressure
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Tamrotor
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
M 132-10 EWNA
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
cfm
    	
 
    	
700
    
	
Working press:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
130
    
	
Prime mover   (electric/diesel):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Electric
    
	
Continuous power:
    	
hp
    	
 
    	
137
    
	
Air dryers:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Kyung Nam Dryer   / KHDM-3000
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
cfm
    	
 
    	
1,400 (each)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Air Compressors   — Medium pressure
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
3            (Starting air compressor)
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Jonghap-Tanabe
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
H-73
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
m3/hr
    	
 
    	
141
    
	
Working press:
    	
bar
    	
 
    	
30
    
	
Prime mover   (electric/diesel):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Electric
    
	
Continuous power:
    	
kw
    	
 
    	
37
    
	
Air dryers:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NO
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
					

 

23

 

	
C.2                             EMERGENCY GENERATOR
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
C.2.1                   Engine
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
STX              (CUMMINS MARINE)
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
QSK60DMGE
    
	
Maximum output:
    	
kw
    	
 
    	
1,350
    
	
At rotation speed:
    	
rpm
    	
 
    	
1,800
    
	
Starting methods   (automatic, manual, air/hydraulic):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Automatic,   manual hydraulic/electric/battery
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
C.2.2                   AC — Generator
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Stamford
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
PM734E1
    
	
Maximum output:
    	
rpm
    	
 
    	
1,800
    
	
At rotation speed:
    	
kw
    	
 
    	
1,350
    
	
Output volts:
    	
volts
    	
 
    	
450, 60Hz,   3-phase
    
	
Capable of   back-feeding power to main bus:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No,  but possible to feed FWD aux. Switchboard
    

 

24

 

	
D.                                    DRILLSTRING EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1                             TUBULARS
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.1                   Kellys
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Nominal size OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Shape type   (hexagonal, square, triangular):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Total/working   length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
API   classification:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.2                   Kelly Saver Subs
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Nominal kelly   size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
API   classification:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Protector:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.3                   Drill Pipe
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Drill pipe OD: (Landing String)
    	
in
    	
 
    	
6 5/8
    
	
Grade:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
V-150
    
	
Total length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
10,000
    
	
Range:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Range 3
    
	
Weight:
    	
ppf
    	
 
    	
50.4  (61.6 adj)
    
	
Internally   plastic coated:
    	
yes
    	
 
    	
Yes TK34XT
    
	
Tool joint   OD/ID:
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
8.688 x 3.5
    
	
Tool joint pin length   (original):
    	
in
    	
 
    	
16
    
	
Tapered shoulder   tool joints (box/pins):
    	
degree/degree
    	
 
    	
18° / 18°
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 FH
    
	
Type of   hardfacing:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
None
    
	
API   classification:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Premium (pipe is   new)
    
	
Thread   protectors:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Drill pipe OD (Shear Joints)
    	
in
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 (shear,   joints, above casing hanger)
    
	
Grade:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
S135
    
	
Total length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
209
    
	
Range:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Range 3
    
	
Weight:
    	
ppf
    	
 
    	
34.00
    
	
Internally   plastic coated:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes TK34XT
    
	
Tool joint   OD/ID:
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
8.50 / 4 1⁄4
    
	
Tool joint pin   length (original):
    	
in
    	
 
    	
10
    
	
Tapered shoulder   tool joints (box/pins):
    	
degree/degree
    	
 
    	
18° / 18°
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 FH
    
	
Type of   hardfacing:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
TCSTi -(flush)
    
	
API   classification:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Premium (pipe is   new)
    
	
Thread   protectors:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
						

 

25

 

	
Drill pipe OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
5 7/8
    
	
Grade:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
S135
    
	
Total length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
25,000
    
	
Range:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Range 3
    
	
Weight:
    	
ppf
    	
 
    	
26.30
    
	
Internally   plastic coated:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes (TK34XT)
    
	
Tool joint   OD/ID:
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
7 x 4 1⁄2
    
	
Tool joint pin   length (original):
    	
in
    	
 
    	
10
    
	
Tapered shoulder   tool joints (box/pins):
    	
degree/degree
    	
 
    	
18° / 18°
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Turbotorque 585
    
	
Type of   hardfacing:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
TCSTi -(flush)
    
	
API   classification:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Premium (pipe is   new)
    
	
Thread   protectors:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Drill pipe OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
5
    
	
Grade:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
S-135
    
	
Total length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
10,000
    
	
Range:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Range 3
    
	
Weight:
    	
lbs/ft
    	
 
    	
19.50
    
	
Internally   plastic coated:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Tool joint   OD/ID:
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 / 3  1⁄4
    
	
Tool joint pin   length (original):
    	
in
    	
 
    	
12
    
	
Tapered shoulder   tool joints (box/pins):
    	
degree/degree
    	
 
    	
18°/18°
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
GPDS50
    
	
Type of   hardfacing:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
TCSTi
    
	
API   classification:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Premium (pipe is new)
    
	
Thread   protectors:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.4                   Drill Pipe Pup Joints
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
6 5/8”
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Tool joint   OD/ID:
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
8 3⁄4  x 4
    
	
Grade:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Drill collar   material
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
5,10,15,20,30
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 x   (5’,10’,15’,20’,30’)
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Weight:
    	
lbs/ft
    	
 
    	
50.41
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 FH
    
	
Internally plastic   coated:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Thread   protectors:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
5 7/8”
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Tool joint   OD/ID:
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
7 x4 1⁄2
    
	
Grade:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Drill collar   material
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
5,10,15, 20, 30
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 x   (5’,10’,15’,20’,30’)
    
	
Weight:
    	
lbs/ft
    	
 
    	
26.340
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Turbotorque 585
    
	
Internally   plastic coated:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Thread   protectors:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
					

 

26

 

	
5”
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Tool joint   OD/ID:
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 / 3 1⁄4
    
	
Grade:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Drill collar material
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
5, 10, 15, 20, 30
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 of each
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Weight:
    	
lbs/ft
    	
 
    	
19.50
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
GPDS50
    
	
Internally   plastic coated:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Thread   protectors:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.5                   Drill Pipe Casing Protectors
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Initial stock:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Installation   tools (manual/hydraulic/none):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.6                   Heavy Weight Drill Pipe   (e.g.   Hevi-Wate)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
40
    
	
Nominal size OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
5 7/8
    
	
Weight:
    	
lbs/ft
    	
 
    	
61
    
	
Range:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Tool joint OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
7
    
	
Tool joint ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
Type of   hardfacing:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Smooth
    
	
Internally   plastic coated:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Turbotorque 585
    
	
Thread   protectors:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
40
    
	
Nominal size OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
5
    
	
Weight:
    	
lbs/ft
    	
 
    	
49.3
    
	
Range:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Tool joint OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
6 5/8
    
	
Tool joint ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Type of   hardfacing:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Smooth
    
	
Internally   plastic coated:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NC-50 (4 1⁄2 IF)
    
	
Thread   protectors:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.7                   Drill Collars
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
12
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
9 1⁄2
    
	
ID body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Nominal length   of each joint:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
31
    
	
Drill collar   body (slick/spiral):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Spiral
    
	
Recess for “zip”   elevator:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Recess for   slips:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Stress relief   pin groove:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Boreback on box:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7 5/8 Reg
    

 

27

 

	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
30
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8 1⁄4
    
	
ID body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Nominal length   of each joint:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
31
    
	
Drill collar   body (slick/spiral):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Spiral
    
	
Recess for “zip”   elevator:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Recess for   slips:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Stress relief   pin groove:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Boreback on box:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 Reg
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
30
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
6 3⁄4
    
	
ID body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2-13/16
    
	
Nominal length   of each joint:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
31
    
	
Drill collar   body (slick/spiral):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Spiral
    
	
Recess for “zip”   elevator:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Recess for   slips:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Stress relief   pin groove:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Boreback on box:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NC-50 (4 1⁄2 IF)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D1.8                      Short Drill Collars
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
ID body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Nominal length   of each joint:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Stress relief   pin groove:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Boreback on box:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.9                   Non-Magnetic Drill Collars
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
ID body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Nominal length   of each joint:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Drill collar   body (slick/spiral):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Recess for “zip”   elevator:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Recess for slips:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Stress relief pin   groove:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Boreback on box:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.10            Core   Barrels
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Size OD x ID:
    	
in x in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Top connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Spiral stabilizing   ribs:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Subs and   handling tools:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    

 

28

 

	
D.1.11            Stabilizers
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Hole size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
OD blades:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Type
   (straight/spiral/welded/integral/sleeve):
    	
blades
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Type of blade hardfacing:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
OD body or   fishing neck:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
ID body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Float valve   receptacle:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.12            Roller   Reamers
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Hole size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
ID body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
OD fishing neck:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Cutters,   supplied sets:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Cutters, type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection,   type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.13            Shock   Absorbers (Damping Sub)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
ID body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
OD fishing neck:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.14            Drilling   Jars
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Type   (mechanical/hydraulic;up/down):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Min. ID body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
OD fishing neck:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Stroke:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.15            Inside BOP Valve
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
VAM-(Omsco)
    
	
OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8 (ID-2-13/16”)
    
	
Min. drill pipe   ID required:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
(Check valve)
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 FH
    
	
Working pressure   rating:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
VAM-(Omsco)
    
	
OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
6 5/8
    

 

29

 

	
Min. drill pipe   ID required:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
(Check valve)
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NC-50 (4 1⁄2 IF)
    
	
Working pressure   rating:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
VAM-(Omsco)
    
	
OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
7
    
	
Min. drill pipe   ID required:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
(check valve)
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5 7/8”   Turbotorque 585
    
	
Working pressure   rating:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.16            Fast   Shut-Off Coupling
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Size tool joint   to fit:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.17            Circulation   Head
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Valve make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Valve type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Valve size (ID):
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Valve working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Bottom   connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Top connection   type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Wireline   stripper:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.18            IBOP   Valves
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Upper:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hydrill
    
	
Working pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15 Kpsi
    
	
Max. OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8-5/8
    
	
Min. ID body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3-1/16
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7-5/8”Reg
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Lower:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hydrill
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15 Kpsi
    
	
Max. OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8-5/8
    
	
Min. ID body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3-1/16
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7-5/8”Reg
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.19            Circulation   Subs
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
VAM
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8 1⁄2
    
	
Ball size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
Side Entry Type   2” Weco 1502
    
	
Dressing kits:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
Side Entry Type
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 FH
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    

 

30

 

	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Vam
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
5 7/8
    
	
Ball size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
Side Entry Type   2” Weco 1502
    
	
Dressing kits:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
Side Entry Type
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Turbotorque 585
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.20            Cup Type   Testers
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Size test cup   for casing weight:
    	
in-lb/ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Size test cup   for casing weight:
    	
in-lb/ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Size test cup for   casing weight:
    	
in-lb/ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.21            Plug Type   Testers
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Size test plugs:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.22            Drop-In   Valves
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
For nom. OD   drillpipe:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
5 7/8” Turbotorque
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hydrill
    
	
Max. OD of   dart.:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
TBA
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
For nom. OD   drillpipe:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
5” GPDS50
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hydrill
    
	
Max. OD of   dart.:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
TBA
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.23            Bit Subs   (Box-Box)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
OD size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
9 1⁄2
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Top connection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7 5/8” Reg
    
	
Bottom   connection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7 5/8” Reg
    
	
Bored for float   valve:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Float size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
5F-6R
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
OD size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
9 1⁄2
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Top connection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7 5/8 Reg
    
	
Bottom   connection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 REG
    
	
Bored for float   valve:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Float size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
5F-6R
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
OD size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8 1⁄4
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Top connection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 Reg
    
	
Bottom   connection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 Reg
    

 

31

 

	
Bored for float   valve:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Float size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
5F-6R
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
OD size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
7
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2 13/16
    
	
Top connection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
TurboTorque 585
    
	
Bottom   connection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4 1⁄2 REG
    
	
Bored for float   valve:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Float size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
4R
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
OD size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
6 3/4
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2 13/16
    
	
Top connection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
GPDS50
    
	
Bottom   connection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4 1⁄2 Reg
    
	
Bored for float   valve:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Float size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
4 R
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.24            Crossover   Subs
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
8 1⁄4 x 6 5/8
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 Reg
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Box
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
GPDS50
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Box
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
NA
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
NA
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
NA
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
8 1⁄4 x 9 1⁄2
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 Reg
    

 

32

 

	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Box
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7 5/8 Reg
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
9 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7 5/8 Reg
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Box
    
	
Bottom connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 Reg
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
9 1⁄2 x 8 1/2
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7 5/8 Reg
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Box
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 FH
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
8 1/2 x 9 1⁄2
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 FH
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Box
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7 5/8 Reg
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
8 1⁄2 x 8 1⁄4
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 FH
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Box
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 Reg
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
8 1⁄4 x 7
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 Reg
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Box
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5 7/8”   Turbotorque 585
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
6 3⁄4
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2 13/16
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5” GPDS50
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Box
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4 1/2 Reg
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
6 3⁄4 x 5
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5” GPDS50
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Box
    

 

33

 

	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NC 38
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
7 x 8 1⁄2
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3 1/16
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5 7/8   Turbotorque 585
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Box
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 FH
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
7 x 8 1/4
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5 7/8   Turbotorque 585
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Box
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 Reg
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
7 x 9 1⁄2
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5 7/8   Turbotorque 585
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Box
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7 5/8 Reg
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
6 3/4 x 8 1⁄2
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2 13/16
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5 GPDS50
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Box
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 FH
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
8 1⁄4
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 Reg
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 Reg
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
7
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5 7/8   Turbotorque 585
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5 7/8   Turbotorque
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
8 1/2
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 FH
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 FH
    

 

34

 

	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
OD size (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
6 3/4
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2 13/16
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4 1⁄2 Reg
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5” GPDS50
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
4 3/4
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2 1⁄4
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
3 1/2 Reg
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
3 1⁄2 NC38
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
6 3/4
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2 13/16
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5” GPDS50
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5” GPDS50
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2   Circulating sub
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
8 1⁄2
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2” Weco 1502   Female (non-wing)
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 FH
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2   Circulating sub
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
8 1⁄2
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2” Weco 1502   Female (non-wing)
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 FH
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Box
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2   Circulating sub
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
7
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2” Weco 1502   Female (non-wing)
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5 7/8   Turbotorque585
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2   Circulating sub
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
7
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2” Weco 1502   Female (non-wing)
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5 7/8   Turbotorque585
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Box
    

 

35

 

	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2   Circultaing sub
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
6 3⁄4
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2” Weco 1502   Female (non-wing)
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5 GPDS50
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 Circulating   sub
    
	
OD size (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
6 3⁄4
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2” Weco 1502   Female (non-wing)
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5 GPDS50
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Box
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 Double Side   Entry sub
    
	
OD size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
7’’
    
	
ID size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2’’
    
	
Top connection   size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2 x 2’’ Weco   1502 Female (non wing)
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5 7/8   Turbotorque 585 (Pin)
    
	
Bottom   connection size:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type (pin/box):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.25            Drilling   Bumper Subs
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1 + 1
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
TBA
    
	
OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8 + 6 1/2
    
	
Stroke:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
60
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 Reg + NC50
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.26            Hole   Openers
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.1.27            Undereamer
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
OD Min/OD Max:
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.2                       HANDLING TOOLS
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.2.1             Drill Pipe Elevators
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
9 1⁄2 DC, 8 1⁄4 DC,   6 3⁄4 DC, 6 5/8 DP, 
   5 7/8 DP, 5 DP (inserts for)
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 each
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
VES-SD 500 T/750   T (Hydr)
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
st
    	
 
    	
500 ton/ 750 ton   (square shoulder only)
    

 

36

 

	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 DP, 5 7/8   DP, 5 DP, 3 1⁄2 DP (inserts for)
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 Sets
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
VES-CL-500 (Hydr)
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
st
    	
 
    	
500 T
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
6 5/8
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
CL-1000 (Hydr)
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
st
    	
 
    	
1000 T
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.2.2                   Drill Collar Elevators
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
st
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.2.3                   Tubing Elevators
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
st
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.2.4                   Drill Pipe Hand Slips
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 – 750 Ton
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss /   LRS
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
5 7/8 – 750 Ton
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss / LRS
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
5 – 750 Ton
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss /   LRS
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3 1⁄2
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss /   RSM
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.2.5                   Semi-Automatic DP Slips
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size range   (largest/smallest):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
DC 9 1⁄2, 8 1⁄4, 6   3⁄4, 4 3/4 (inserts)

DP 5, 5 1⁄2, 5   7/8, 6 5/8 (inserts)
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss   PS 1000 (1000 Ton)
    

 

37

 

	
D.2.6                   Drill Collar Slips
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8 1⁄2 to 10
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss /   DCL
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8 – 9 1⁄2
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss /   DCL
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
5 1⁄2 to 7
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss /   DCM
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
4 1⁄2 - 6
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss /   DCM
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.2.7                   Drill Collar Safety Clamps
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 Blohm&Voss   / C-Clamp
    
	
Range:
    	
in-in
    	
 
    	
4 1⁄2 - 5 5/8
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 Blohm&Voss   / C-Clamp
    
	
Range:
    	
in-in
    	
 
    	
9 1⁄2 - 10 5/8
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1 Blohm&Voss   / C-Clamp + air kit
    
	
Range:
    	
in-in
    	
 
    	
29 1⁄2 - 30 1⁄2
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.2.8                   Tubing Slips
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.2.9                   Tubing Spider
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Slip size   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Adapter Plate:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.2.10            Drill   Collar Lifting Subs
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
For OD DC:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
9 1⁄2
    
	
Connection Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7 5/8” Reg Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
14
    
	
For OD DC:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8 1⁄4
    
	
Connection Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8” Reg Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
12
    
	
For OD DC:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
6 3⁄4
    
	
Connection Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4 1⁄2” If Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
10
    
	
For OD DC:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
4 3⁄4
    
	
Connection Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
3 1⁄2” If Pin
    

 

38

 

	
D.2.11    DC/DP Lifting Plugs
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
63
    
	
For OD DC:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
9 1⁄2 - 8 1⁄4 - 6 3⁄4   -4 3⁄4
    
	
Connection Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7 5/8 Reg – 6   5/8 Reg –6 5/8 FH – 5 7/8 TT585 – 5 GPDS50 – 4 1⁄2 reg – NC38
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.2.12    Bit Breakers
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
For bit size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
26
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1 + 1
    
	
For bit size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
17 1⁄2 + 16
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
For bit size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
12 1⁄4
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
For bit size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8 1⁄2
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
For bit size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
6
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.2.13    Elevator Links
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity of   sets:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Varco
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
5 1⁄2
    
	
Length:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
200
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
st
    	
 
    	
1000
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity of   sets:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Varco
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3 1⁄2
    
	
Length:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
144
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
st
    	
 
    	
500
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity of   sets:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1+1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Varco
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2 3⁄4
    
	
Length:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
72”  + 45’
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
st
    	
 
    	
350
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity of   sets:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
4 3⁄4
    
	
Length:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
180”
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
st
    	
 
    	
750
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.2.14    Kelly Spinner
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    

 

39

 

	
D.2.15    Drillpipe Spinner
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV- Hydratong   MPT
    
	
Size (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
3 1⁄2 – 9 3⁄4
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.2.16    Mud Bucket
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV - Hydratong   with Mud Bucket. Hydraulic operated
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2 7/8 – 9 3⁄4
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.2.17            Hydraulic   Make-Up/Breakout Machine (e.g. Ezy Torque)
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV
    
	
Maximum line   pull:
    	
st
    	
 
    	
16,674 st (146   Kn)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.2.18    Rotary Rig Tongs
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity (sets):
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss / BV-100
    
	
Size range (max   OD/min OD):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
4” to 12”
    
	
Torque rating:
    	
ft-lbs
    	
 
    	
100,000
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.2.19    Tubing Tongs (manual)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity (sets):
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Size range (max   OD/min OD):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Torque rating:
    	
ft-lbs
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.2.20    Tubing Tong Power
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1 Insert for   Hydratong (iron roughneck)
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Farr KT 7585
    
	
Size range (max   OD/min OD):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
2 3/8 to 8 5/8
    
	
Max output   torque:
    	
ft-lbs
    	
 
    	
25,000
    
	
Torque   indicator:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Back-up arm:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1 Insert for   Hydratong (iron roughneck)
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Farr KT2000
    
	
Size range (max   OD/min OD):
    	
in/in    in/in
    	
 
    	
8 5/8 to 20
    
	
Max output   torque:
    	
ft-lbs
    	
 
    	
50,700
    
	
Torque   indicator:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Back-up arm:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.2.21    Iron Roughneck
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hydratong MPT    TF-975 w/ TE-1190 (2 each)
    
	
Size range (max   OD/min OD):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
3 1⁄2 to 9 3⁄4
    
	
Max output   torque:
    	
ft-lbs
    	
 
    	
147,000
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.3          FISHING EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.3.1      Overshots
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen 150 FS
    
					

 

40

 

	
Overshot OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
11 3⁄4
    
	
To catch size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
4 7/8 to 10 1/8
    
	
Overshot guide   OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
11 3⁄4
    
	
Extension sub   length:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
36 ,  60
    
	
Lipped guide   (oversize, Regular):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
15” , 22”
    
	
Grapples   (spiral, basket, both):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
To fish   contractor’s new + used tubelars
    
	
Pack offs:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Top sub   connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8” Reg Box
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen 150 FS
    
	
Overshot OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
9 5/8
    
	
To catch size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
4 7/8 to 8
    
	
Overshot guide   OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
9 5/8
    
	
Extension sub   length:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
36 , 48
    
	
Lipped guide   (oversize, Regular):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
15”
    
	
Grapples   (spiral, basket, both):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
To fish   contractor’s new + used tubelars
    
	
Pack offs:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
yes
    
	
Top sub   connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 Reg Box
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen 150 SH
    
	
Overshot OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8 1/8
    
	
To catch size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
4 7/8  to 7
    
	
Overshot guide   OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8 1/8
    
	
Extension sub   length:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
42
    
	
Lipped guide   (oversize, Regular):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Standard 8 1/8”
    
	
Grapples   (spiral, basket, both):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Spiral 7”, 6   7/8”, 6 3⁄4”, 6 5/8”
    
	
Pack offs:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Top sub   connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4 1⁄2 IF Box
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen 150 FS
    
	
Overshot OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
7 7/8 reinforced   to 8 1/8  ( FS)
    
	
To catch size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
4 7/8  to 6 3/4
    
	
Overshot guide   OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8 1/8
    
	
Extension sub   length:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
42
    
	
Lipped guide   (oversize, Regular):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Grapples   (spiral, basket, both):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
To fish   contractor’s new + used tubelars
    
	
Pack offs:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Top sub   connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4 1⁄2 IF Box
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.3.2      Hydraulic Fishing Jar
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen / Type “Z”   #52711/015
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
Min. ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3 1/16
    
	
Stroke:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
20
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 REG
    
	
Repair kit:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen / Type “Z”   #5244/015
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
6 1⁄2
    
	
Min. ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2 1⁄4
    
	
Stroke:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
20
    

 

41

 

	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4 1/2IF
    
	
Repair kit:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.3.3      Jar Intensifier
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen #   55910/006
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Jar intensifier
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
Min. ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3 1/16
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 Reg
    
	
Repair kit:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen #   55905/010
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Jar intensifier
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
6 1⁄2
    
	
Min. ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2 1/4
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4 1⁄2 IF
    
	
Repair kit:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.3.4      Surface Jar
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Stroke:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Repair kit:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.3.5      Fishing Bumper subs
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen / Fishing bumper   sub # 26595/005
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
Min. ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3 1⁄2
    
	
Stroke:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
20
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 REG
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen / Fishing bumper   sub # 10257/007
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
6 1⁄2
    
	
Min. ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2 1⁄4
    
	
Stroke:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
20
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4 1⁄2 IF
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.3.6      Safety Joints
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen / Safety   Joint
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
Min. ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3 1⁄2
    
	
Stroke:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 FH
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen / Safety   Joint # 149406/009
    

 

42

 

	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
6 1⁄2
    
	
Min. ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3 3⁄4
    
	
Stroke:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4 1⁄2 IF
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen / Safety   Joint
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
7
    
	
Min. ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
TBA
    
	
Stroke:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5 7/8”   Turbotorque 585
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.3.7      Junk Baskets (Reverse   Circulation)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen # 2708/005
    
	
For hole size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
17 1⁄2
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
15
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 Reg
    
	
Inside magnet   available:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Mill shoes type   B
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen # 2690/005
    
	
For hole size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
12 1⁄4
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
11 3⁄4
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 Reg
    
	
Inside magnet   available:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Mill shoes type   B:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen # 2567/009
    
	
For hole size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8 1⁄2
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8 1⁄4
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4 1⁄2 IF
    
	
Inside magnet   available:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Mill shoes type   B:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen
    
	
For hole size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8 1⁄2
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
6 5/8
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4 1⁄2 IF
    
	
Inside magnet   available:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Mill shoes type   B:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.3.8      Junk Subs
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen # 15485/006
    
	
For hole size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
12 1⁄4
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
9 5/8
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 Reg
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen # 15475/005
    
	
For hole size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8 1⁄2
    

 

43

 

	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
7
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4 1⁄2 REG
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.3.9      Flat Bottom Junk Mill
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen
    
	
OD flat mill:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
14 3⁄4
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7 5/8 REG Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen #   41695/120
    
	
OD flat mill:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
12
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 REG Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen #   41665/018
    
	
OD flat mill:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8 1/8
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4 1⁄2 REG Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.3.10    Magnet Fishing Tools
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen #   32310/005
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4 1⁄2 REG Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen #   32370/005
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
11 1⁄2
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 REG Pin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.3.11    Taper Taps
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen #   15243/049
    
	
OD (Max/Min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
1 3⁄4  to 4 3⁄4
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
7 3⁄4
    
	
Length:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
49
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 5/8 REG Box
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bowen #   15240/038
    
	
OD (Max/Min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
1 13/16 to 3   11/16
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
6 3/4
    
	
Length:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
38
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4 1⁄2 IF Box
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
D.3.12    Die Collars
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
OD (Max/Min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    

 

44

 

RIG AND EQUIPMENT SPECIFICATIONS

PACIFIC BORA

 

45

 

Purposely Left Void

 

46

 

Purposely Left Void

 

47

 

	
E.                                    WELL CONTROL / SUBSEA EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.1                             LOWER   RISER DIVERTER ASSEMBLY (used when drilling for the surface casing)
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.1.1                   Hydraulic   Connector
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Surface   controlled hydraulic operated dump valves:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.1.2                   Flex Joint/Riser Adapter
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Flex joint
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Max. deflection:
    	
degrees
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Riser adapter:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    

 

48

 

	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.2                             PRIMARY   BOP STACK (from bottom to top)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Stack complete   with
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
-guide frame:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
-pick up attachment
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes for LMRP, No   for stack alone.
    
	
-transport base:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Size (bore):
    	
in
    	
 
    	
18-3/4
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000
    
	
H2S service:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.2.1                   Alternate   Hydraulic Connector
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Alternate   connector available:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
Connector make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Adapter available:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No, our   connector is set for 27” only
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.2.2                   Hydraulic   Wellhead Connector
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
18-3/4
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Vetco style SHD (H4)
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000
    
	
Hot tap for   underwater intervention:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Spare Connector   same type:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.2.3                   Ram Type   Preventers
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Preventers:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1 Lower Triple
    
	
Bore size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
18-3/4
    
	
Working pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Shaffer
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NXT
    
	
Type   (single/double/Triple):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Triple
    
	
Ram locks:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes,   individually operated
    
	
Preventers connection   type - top:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Studded, 18-3/4”   15,000 psi WP, BX164
    
	
Preventers connection   type - bottom:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Flanged, 18-3/4”   15,000 psi WP, BX164
    
	
Side outlets:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3-1/16
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Studded, 3-1/16”   15,000 psi WP, BX154
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Preventers:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1 Upper Triple
    
	
Bore size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
18-3/4
    
	
Working pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Shaffer
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NXT
    
	
Type   (single/double/Triple):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Triple
    
	
Ram locks:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes                  (Ultralock II B CL)
    
	
Preventers connection   type - top:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
API flange   BX-164 STDD
    
	
Preventers connection   type - bottom:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
API flange   BX-164 Flange
    
	
Side outlets:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3-1/16
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Studded, 3-1/16”   15,000 psi WP, BX154
    

 

49

 

	
Blind/shear rams
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1 set of CVX   Blind Shears
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1 set of Casing   Shear Rams
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Pipe rams:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 Sets
    
	
 
    	
Size:    in
    	
 
    	
5-7/8” fixed
    
	
Variable rams
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 sets
    
	
Size range (min/max):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
5 – 7 multi rams
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 sets
    
	
Size range (min/max):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
3 1/2 – 5 7/8   multi rams
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.2.4                   Stack   Configuration (Blind/Shear/Pipe/Variable)
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Top rams:
    	
Ram #1
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Shear Blind Rams   CVX
    
	
Top rams:
    	
Ram #2
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Casing Shear   rams
    
	
Top rams:
    	
Ram #3
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Variable 3 1/2”-   5 7/8”
    
	
Spacing between   middle lower and lower rams:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Lower rams:
    	
Ram#4
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Variable 5” – 7”
    
	
Lower rams:
    	
Ram#5
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Fixed 9 5/8”   (CVX)
    
	
Lower rams:
    	
Ram#6
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Variable rams 5”   - 7”
    
	
Position of side   outlets - kill:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Upper:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Below Ram #3
    
	
Lower:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Below Ram #5
    
	
Position of side   outlets-choke:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Upper:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Below Upper   Annular
    
	
Upper  Middle
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Below  Shear Ram # 1
    
	
Lower Mddle
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Below Ram # 4
    
	
Lower:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Below Ram # 6
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.2.5                   Annular   Type Preventer On Stack
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
18 3⁄4
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
10,000
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
18-3/4” 10,000   psi WP NOV-Shaffer Wedge Cover “Standard” Spherical Blowout Preventer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.2.6                   Mandrel
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
BOP Mandrel, with a H-4   profile up (Inconel 625 lined VX gasket groove), and an 18-3/4” x 10 ksi WP   flange down (Inconel 625 lined BX gasket groove). H2S service in accordance   with NACE MR-01-75.
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
18-3/4
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.2.7                   Fail-Safe   Hydraulic Valves (Kill and Choke)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity on each   side outlet:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1x Dual Block (=   2 valves) on each outlet
    
	
Size (ID):
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3-1/16
    
						

 

50

 

	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Gate Valve, Dual   Block, Hydraulic Operated, API-6A, 3-1/16” 15,000 psi WP NOV-Shaffer Type   “HB”, 3-1/16” bore, 3-1/16” 15,000 psi WP straight body, short sea chest,   BX-154 stainless steel lined ring grooves
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000
    
	
Solid block:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.2.8                   Subsea   Accumulators (see also E.10.1. Surface Accumulator Unit)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2x 80 gal for   LMRP, 3x110 gal Piston Type Bottle, 6x 7 1/2 gal Depth Compensated Bottles   for BOP
    
	
Useful capacity per   accumulator (w/o precharge):
    	
U.S.gal
    	
 
    	
6x 7 1⁄2 gal DCB,   3x110 gal PTB
    
	
Bottle working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
7,500
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.2.9                   Hydraulic Control Pod/Receptacles
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 (one for each   pod)
    
	
Redundancy:
    	
%
    	
 
    	
100
    
	
Color coded:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Remote   Regulation of operating pressure for functions requiring lower operating pressure:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes

Yes
    
	
Spare control   pod:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.3                             PRIMARY   LOWER MARINE RISER PACKAGE (From Bottom to Top)
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.3.1                   Hydraulic   Connector
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Vetco 18-3/4” Style ExF   HAR Modified H4.

15,000 PSI MWP.

Studded top  x 18-3/4” oflexi 625 lined VX/VT gasket
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
18 3⁄4
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000
    
	
Hot tap for   underwater intervention:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Spare connector   same type:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.3.2                   Annular   Type Preventer (LMRP)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
18 3⁄4
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
10,000
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
18-3/4” 10,000   psi WP NOV-Shaffer Wedge Cover “Standard” Spherical Blowout Preventer.  18-3/4” vertical bore. Internal H2S trim
    

 

51

 

	
E.3.3                   Flex Joint
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Oil States   Flexjoint, 18-3/4” -10M
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
18 3⁄4
    
	
Max deflection:
    	
degrees
    	
 
    	
10 deg offset   from centre
    
	
Working pressure
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
6,000
    
	
Cocking   stiffness
    	
ft-lbs/deg.
    	
 
    	
30,000 up to 5   ̊,  20,000 at 10 ̊
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.3.4                   Riser Adapter
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Riser Adapter, Type « FT-H » x 18-3/4” 10M
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
18 3⁄4
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.3.5                   Connection   Lines to Riser
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type (rigid   loops, oflexip, etc.):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Coflexip hoses
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.4                             SECONDARY   BOP STACK (from bottom to top)
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Stack complete   with
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
–guide frame:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
–pick up attachment:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes for LMRP, No   for stack alone.
    
	
–transport base:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Size (bore):
    	
in
    	
 
    	
18-3/4
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000
    
	
H2S service:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.4.1                   Alternate   Hydraulic Connector
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Alternate   connector available:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
Connector make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Adapter available:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No, our   connector is set for 27” only
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.4.2                   Hydraulic   Wellhead Connector
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
18-3/4
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Vetco style SHD (H4)
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000
    
	
Hot tap for   underwater intervention:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Spare connector   same type:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.4.3                   Ram Type   Preventers
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Preventers
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no
    	
 
    	
1 Lower Triple
    
	
Bore Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
18-3/4
    
	
Working pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Shaffer
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NXT
    
	
Type (single/double):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Triple
    
	
Ram locks:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes,   individually operated
    
	
Preventers connection   type - top:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Studded, 18-3/4”   15,000 psi WP, BX164
    
	
Preventers connection   type - bottom:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Flanged, 18-3/4”   15,000 psi WP, BX164
    
	
Side outlets:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3-1/16
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Studded, 3-1/16”   15,000 psi WP, BX154
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Pipe rams
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
					

 

52

 

	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 Sets
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
5-7/8” fixed
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Blind/Shear rams
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1 set of CVX   Blind Shears
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1 set of Casing   Shear Rams
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Variable rams
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 sets
    
	
Size range (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
5 – 7 multi rams
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 sets
    
	
Size range (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
3 1/2 – 5 7/8   multi rams
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.4.4                   Stack   Configuration (Blind/Shear/Pipe/Variable)
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Top rams:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Shear Blind Rams   CVX
    
	
Middle upper   rams:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Casing Shear   rams
    
	
Middle lower   rams:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Variable 3 1/2”-   5 7/8”
    
	
Spacing between   Middle Lower and Lower rams:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
Variable 5” – 7”

Fixed 9 5/8”   (CVX)

Variable rams 5”   - 7”
    
	
Lower rams:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Position of side   outlets-kill:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Upper:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Below Ram #3
    
	
Lower:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Below Ram #5
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Position of side   outlets-choke:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Upper:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Below  Upper Annular
    
	
Middle:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
BelowRam #2
    
	
Lower:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Below Ram # 4
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.4.5                   Annular   Type Preventer On Stack
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
18 3⁄4
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
10,000
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
18-3/4” 10,000   psi WP NOV-Shaffer Wedge Cover “Standard” Spherical Blowout Preventer
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.4.6                   Mandrel
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
BOP Mandrel, with a H-4   profile up (Inconel 625 lined VX gasket groove), and an 18-3/4” x 10 ksi WP   flange down (Inconel 625 lined BX gasket groove). H2S service in accordance   with NACE MR-01-75.
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
18-3/4
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.4.7                   Fail-Safe   Hydraulic Valves (Kill and Choke)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity on each   side outlet:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1x Dual Block (=   2 valves) on each outlet
    
	
Size (ID):
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3-1/16
    

 

53

 

	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Gate Valve, Dual   Block, Hydraulic Operated, API-6A, 3-1/16” 15,000 psi WP NOV-Shaffer Type   “HB”, 3-1/16” bore, 3-1/16” 15,000 psi WP straight body, short sea chest,   BX-154 stainless steel lined ring grooves
    
	
Working pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000
    
	
Solid block:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.4.8                   Subsea   Accumulators (see also E.10.1 Surface Accumulator Unit)
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2x 80 gal for   LMRP, 3x110 gal Piston Type Bottle, 6x 7 1/2 gal Depth Compensated Bottles   for BOP
    
	
Useful capacity   per accumulator (w/o precharge):
    	
U.S.gal
    	
 
    	
6x 7 1⁄2 gal DCB,   3x110 gal PTB
    
	
Bottle working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
7,500
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.4.9                   Hydraulic   Control Pod/Receptacles
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 (one for each   pod)
    
	
Redundancy:
    	
%
    	
 
    	
100
    
	
Color coded:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Remote   Regulation of operating pressure for functions requiring lower operating pressure:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes

Yes
    
	
Spare control   pod:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.5                             SECONDARY   LOWER MARINE RISER PACKAGE (From Bottom to Top)
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.5.1                   Hydraulic   Connector
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Vetco 18-3/4” Style ExF   HAR Modified H4.

15,000 PSI MWP.

Studded top  x 18-3/4” oflexi 625 lined VX/VT gasket
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
18 3⁄4
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000
    
	
Hot tap for   underwater intervention:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Spare connector   same type:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.5.2                   Annular   Type Preventer (LMRP)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
18 3⁄4
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
10,000
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
18-3/4” 10,000   psi WP NOV-Shaffer Wedge Cover “Standard” Spherical Blowout Preventer.  18-3/4” vertical bore. Internal H2S trim
    
	
E.5.3                   Flex Joint
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Oil States   Flexjoint, 18-3/4” -10M
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
18 3⁄4
    
	
Max deflection:
    	
degrees
    	
 
    	
10 deg offset   from centre 6,000

30,000 up to 5   ̊,  20,000 at 10 ̊
    

 

54

 

	
E.5.4                   Riser Adapter
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
Riser Adapter, Type « FT-H » x 18-3/4” 10M
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
18 3⁄4
    
	
E.5.5                   Connection   Lines to Riser
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type (rigid   loops, coflexip, etc):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Conduit Coflexip   hoses
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.6                             PRIMARY   MARINE RISER SYSTEM
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.6.1                   Marine Riser Joints
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Shaffer   Class “H” FT-H Type  / Slick
    
	
OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
21
    
	
ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
19.25
    
	
Wall thickness:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
15/16
    
	
Average length   of each joint:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
90’
    
	
Weight of one   complete joint (in air):
    	
lbs
    	
 
    	
36,887
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
9
    
	
Pipe material:
    	
grade
    	
 
    	
API 5L X80   Seemed pipe
    
	
Minimum yield   strength:
    	
lb
    	
 
    	
2X106  (coupling rate)
    
	
Type riser   connectors:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
FT-H Type   (3,500,000 lbs rated)
    
	
Bolts
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Shaffer   Class “H” FT-H Type  / Dressed   with 2000 ft water depth rated Buoyancy
    
	
OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
21”
    
	
ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
19.25
    
	
Wall thickness:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
7/8
    
	
Average length   of each joint:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
90
    
	
Weight of one   complete joint (in air):
    	
lbs
    	
 
    	
61,007
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
18
    
	
Pipe material:
    	
grade
    	
 
    	
API 5L X80   Seemed pipe
    
	
Minimum yield   strength:
    	
lb
    	
 
    	
2X106  (coupling rate)
    
	
Type riser   connectors:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
FT-H Type   (3,500,000 lbs rated)
    
	
Bolts:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Shaffer   Class “H” FT-H Type  / Dressed   with 4000 ft water depth rated Buoyancy
    
	
OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
21
    
	
ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
19.25
    
	
Wall thickness:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
7/8
    
	
Average length   of each joint:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
90
    
	
Weight of one   complete joint (in air):
    	
lbs
    	
 
    	
63,905
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
22
    
	
Pipe material:
    	
grade
    	
 
    	
API 5L X80   Seemed pipe
    
	
Minimum yield   strength:
    	
lb
    	
 
    	
2X106  (coupling rate)
    
	
Type riser   connectors:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
FT-H Type   (3,500,000 lbs rated)
    
	
Bolts:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Shaffer   Class “H” FT-H Type  / Dressed   with 6000 ft water depth rated Buoyancy
    
	
OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
21
    
	
ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
19.25
    
	
Wall thickness:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
7/8
    

 

55

 

	
Average length   of each joint:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
90
    
	
Weight of one   complete joint (in air):
    	
lbs
    	
 
    	
65,161
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
22
    
	
Pipe material:
    	
grade
    	
 
    	
API 5L X80   Seemed pipe
    
	
Minimum yield   strength:
    	
lb
    	
 
    	
2X106 (coupling rate)
    
	
Type riser   connectors:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
FT-H Type  (3,500,000 lbs rated)
    
	
Bolts:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Shaffer   Class “H” FT-H Type  / Dressed   with 8000 ft water depth rated Buoyancy
    
	
OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
21
    
	
ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
19.25
    
	
Wall thickness:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
7/8
    
	
Average length   of each joint:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
90
    
	
Weight of one   complete joint (in air):
    	
lbs
    	
 
    	
67,161
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
22
    
	
Pipe material:
    	
grade
    	
 
    	
API 5L X80   Seemed pipe
    
	
Minimum yield   strength:
    	
lb
    	
 
    	
2X106 (coupling rate)
    
	
Type riser   connectors:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
FT-H Type  (3,500,000 lbs rated)
    
	
Bolts:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Shaffer   Class “H” FT-H Type  / Dressed   with 10,000 ft water depth rated Buoyancy
    
	
OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
21
    
	
ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
19.25
    
	
Wall thickness:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
7/8
    
	
Average length   of each joint:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
90
    
	
Weight of one   complete joint (in air):
    	
lbs
    	
 
    	
71,161
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
17
    
	
Pipe material:
    	
grade
    	
 
    	
API 5L X80   Seemed pipe
    
	
Minimum yield   strength:
    	
lb
    	
 
    	
2X106 (coupling rate)
    
	
Type riser   connectors:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
FT-H Type  (3,500,000 lbs rated)
    
	
Bolts:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Pup
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
1 40’, 1 x 25’   1x 20’ 2 x 15’ 1 x 10’ 1 x 5’
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 (1 x on top of   LMRP — BOP guide system)
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
55
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.6.2                   Telescopic   Joint
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2 each (1x   back-up onboard)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Shaffer Type   “FT” Telescopic Joint
    
	
Size (ID):
    	
in
    	
 
    	
19 3/8
    
	
Stroke:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
70
    
	
Double seals:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Spare   telescoping joint:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Rig
    
	
Rotating support   ring for riser tensioners:
    	
type
    	
 
    	
NOV-Shaffer
    
	
Connection points:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
16
    

 

56

 

	
E.6.3                   Kill/Choke   Lines
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Outside   diameter:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
6 1⁄2
    
	
Inside diameter:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
4 1⁄2
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.6.4                   Booster   Lines (if Fitted)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Outside   diameter:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
5
    
	
Inside diameter:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
7,500
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.6.5                   Hydraulic   Supply Lines
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Outside   diameter:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2.875 
    
	
Inside diameter:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2.323
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
5,000
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.6.6                   Upper Ball   (Flex) Joint
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Oilstates flex   type
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
18-3/4
    
	
Maximum   deflection:
    	
deg.
    	
 
    	
15
    
	
Spare upper ball   (flex) joint:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.6.7                   Buoyancy   Modules (if Fitted)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV
    
	
Quantity of   buoyed riser joints:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
101
    
	
Riser tub OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
21
    
	
OD of buoyed   riser joints:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
54.5
    
	
Length of each   module:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
13’ 10 1⁄2 “
    
	
Volume of each   module:
    	
ft3
    	
 
    	
80.52 (161.04   per pair)
    
	
Buoyancy in   seawater:
    	
st/ft3
    	
 
    	
-90 %
    
	
Rated water   depth:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
18 x 2k, 22 x   4k, 22 x 6k, 22 x 8k 17 x 10k
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.6.8                   Marine   Riser Spider
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Shaffer Type   FT-H Riser Spider, with lower mounting for 60-1/2” rotary table. 1,000 Ton   capacity
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.6.9                   Marine   Riser Gimbal
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Shaffer  / Heavy Duty 1,000 ton 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.6.10            Riser Handling Tools
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Shaffer   Type  FT-H, Hydraulic Running + test   tool, 1,000 ton

(+solid body NOV   elevators)
    

 

57

 

	
E.6.11    Riser Test   Tools
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
See E.6.10
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.6.12    Instrumented   Riser Joint
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Functions:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Tension:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Mud temp:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Mud weight:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Other:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.6.13    Riser   Flood/Fill System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Automatic   operation:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Manual override:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
No. of   inlet valves:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Size of valves   (ID):
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.7          SECONDARY MARINE RISER SYSTEM
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.7.1      Marine   Riser Joints
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Wall thickness:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Average length of   each joint:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Weight of one   complete joint (in air):
    	
lbs
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Pipe material:
    	
grade
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Minimum yield   strength:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Type riser   connectors
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Dogs:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Pup joints
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    

 

58

 

	
E.7.2      Telescopic   Joint
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Size (ID):
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Stroke:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Double seals:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Spare   telescoping joint:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Rotating support   ring for riser tensioners:
    	
type
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection points:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.7.3      Kill/Choke   Lines
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Outside diameter:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Inside diameter:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.7.4      Booster   Lines (if Fitted)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Outside   diameter:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Inside diameter:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.7.5      Hydraulic   Supply Lines
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Outside   diameter:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Inside diameter:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.7.6      Upper Ball   (Flex) Joint
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Maximum   deflection:
    	
deg.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Spare upper ball   (flex) joint:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.7.7      Buoyancy   Modules (if Fitted)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity of   buoyed riser joints:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
OD of buoyed   riser joints:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Length of each   module:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Volume of each   module:
    	
ft3
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Buoyancy in   seawater:
    	
st/ft3
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Rated water   depth:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.7.8      Marine   Riser Spider
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.7.9      Marine   Riser Gimbal
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    

 

59

 

	
E.7.10    Riser   Handling Tools
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.7.11    Riser Test   Tools
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.7.12    Instrumented   Riser Joint
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Functions:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Tension:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Mud temp:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Other:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.7.13    Riser   Flood/Fill System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Automatic   Operation:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Manual Override:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
No. of   inlet valves:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Size of Valves   (ID):
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.8          DIVERTER   BOP
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(For installation in fixed bell nipple)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Shaffer 
    
	
Max. bore size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
21 1⁄4 
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
500
    
	
Number of   Diverter outlets:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Outlet OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3 each 18, 1   each 6 and 1 each 4
    
	
Insert packer size   ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
21 1⁄4” 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.8.1      Diverter   Flowlines
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
OD of Flowlines:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
18
    
	
Running from   Diverter to:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Overboard
    
	
Valve types:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Piper
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
18   16 1/8 Bore 
    
	
Working pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
500psi
    
	
Control valve   type (air/hydraulic/etc.):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hydraulic
    
	
Remote: controlled   from:
    	
location
    	
 
    	
Rig Floor
    
	
 
    	
location
    	
 
    	
Toolpushers   office
    
	
 
    	
location
    	
 
    	
Diverter Panel
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.8.2      Diverter   Control Panels
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Driller’s panel
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

60

 

	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Shaffer
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Drilling   station, rig floor
    
	
Locking/unlocking   control:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Remote panel
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Shaffer
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Toolpushers   office
    
	
Locking/unlocking   control:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.9          SUBSEA   SUPPORT SYSTEM
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.9.1      Riser   Tensioners
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
16
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Hydralift
    
	
Capacity each   Tensioner:
    	
lbs
    	
 
    	
200,000
    
	
Maximum stroke:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
12.5
    
	
Wireline size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2 1/2
    
	
Line travel:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
50
    
	
Independent air compressors:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Independent air   drying unit:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.9.2      Guideline   System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Capacity each   Tensioner:
    	
st
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Maximum stroke:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Wireline size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Line travel:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Line storage   drums with tensioners:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.9.3      Remote   Guideline Replacement Tool
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.9.4      Remote   Guideline Cutting Tool
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.9.5      Pod Line   Tensioners
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Capacity each   Tensioner:
    	
st
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Maximum stroke:
    	
lt
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Wireline size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Line travel:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.9.6      Tensioner/Compensator
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Air Pressure Vessels
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
52
    

 

61

 

	
Total capacity:
    	
ft3
    	
 
    	
58.45
    
	
Rated working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
3,000
    
	
Pressure relief   valve installed:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.10       BOP   CONTROL SYSTEM
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.10.1    Surface   Accumulator Unit
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(see   also E.2.8 & E.4.8 - Subsea Accumulators)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Shaffer
    
	
Model/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5th generation Mux
    
	
Location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Subsea Module
    
	
Soluble oil   reservoir capacity:
    	
U.S.gal
    	
 
    	
1500
    
	
Oil/water mix   capacity:
    	
U.S.gal/min
    	
 
    	
30
    
	
Glycol reservoir   capacity:
    	
U.S. gal
    	
 
    	
500
    
	
No. of   bottles installed:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
63
    
	
Useful capacity   per accumulator (w/o pre-charge):
    	
U.S.gal
    	
 
    	
15
    
	
Bottle working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
5,000
    
	
Control manifold   model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Koomey
    
	
Regulator type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Total useful   accumulator volume (surface and stack) equals all Preventer opening and   closing volumes:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.10.2    Accumulator   Hydraulic Pumps
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Electric driven
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
3 (1 x for   additional redundancy)
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Odessa
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Triplex
    
	
Each driven by motor of   power:
    	
hp
    	
 
    	
150 (#3 135)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Air driven
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Each driven by motor of   power:
    	
hp
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Flow rate of each pump:
    	
U.S.gals/min
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
At minimum operating   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.10.3    Driller’s   Control Panel
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Graphic control   panel at Driller’s position showing Subsea functions with controls for the   following functions of the BOP stack
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Marine riser   connector:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
All annular type   Bop’s:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
All ram type   Bop’s:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Lock for ram   type Bop’s :
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Wellhead and   LMRP connector:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Inner and outer   kill and choke line valves:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Low acc.   pressure warning:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Low reservoir   level warning:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Low rig air   pressure warning:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
					

 

62

 

	
Pressure   Regulator for annular:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Flowmeter:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Quantity of   pressure gauges:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
28
    
	
Emergency push   button for automatic riser disconnection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Other control   functions:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Control panel   make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Shaffer
    
	
Control panel   model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
5th generation Mux
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.10.4    Remote   Control Panels
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Ability to   operate main closing unit valves directly:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1 (Toolpushers)
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Shaffer
    
	
Locations:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Toolpushers   office
    
	
Operating system   routing (Direct/via Primary Control Panel)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Silvertech PLC   unit
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.11       SUBSEA   CONTROL SYSTEM
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.11.1    Hose Reels
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Moonpool
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV
    
	
Maximum storage   length each:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
11,000’
    
	
Drive motor   type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Air
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.11.2    Pod Hose
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Mux   Cable
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Moonpool MUX
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
11,000 feet
    
	
OD hose:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
1.1’
    
	
Control line ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity total:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity spare (when   new):
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Control line ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity total:
    	
no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity spare (when   new):
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Control line ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity total:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity spare (when   new):
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.11.3    Pod Hose   Manifold
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Surface test   stump:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.11.4    Surface   Test Pod
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No Pod test   stand
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.12       ACOUSTIC   EMERGENCY BOP CONTROL SYSTEM
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Kongsberg
    
	
Type   (fixed/portable):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Both
    
	
Number of   functions:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
6
    

 

63

 

	
Type of   functions:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
LMRP connector release:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Shear ram close:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes   (Blind-Shear)
    
	
Other:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Ram 2 close, BSR   close, Retract all stabs, RC unlock
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.13       SUBSEA   AUXILIARY EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.13.1    Hole   Position Indicator
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Via DP system
    
	
Quantity of   monitors:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Monitor location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Monitor location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Recorder:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.13.2    Riser   Angle Indicator
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Shaffer
    
	
Quantity of   monitors:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
Monitor location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Drillers   station, Toolpushers office, BOP Central Control Console and DP Operator
    
	
Recorder:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity of   monitors:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Monitor location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Recorder:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.13.3    Slope   Indicators
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Shaffer
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
Provision for   installation on
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
BOP:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes   (LMRP & BOP)
    
	
Pin connector:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Other:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.13.4    Underwater   TV System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity of TV   monitors:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Monitor location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Reels/cables for   maximum water depth:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Pan/tilt unit:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Spare camera:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Spare cable:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.13.5    ROV System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
Port side
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Provision for   installation 1 port aft & 1 stbd aft
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    

 

64

 

	
Monitor location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Monitor location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Provided by   (operator, contractor):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Operator
    
	
Maximum water   depth:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Cameras - color:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Cameras -   B&W:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Manipulators
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Type (specially   correspondent, rate, grabber):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Sonar
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.14       CHOKE   MANIFOLD
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.14.1    Choke   Manifold
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(for instrumentation, see H.3)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
RB PipeTech Ltd.
    
	
Minimum ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Maximum WP:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000
    
	
H2S service:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity of   fixed chokes:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Size (ID):
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity of   adjustable chokes:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Masterflo
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
P25
    
	
Size (ID):
    	
in
    	
 
    	
1.45
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity of   power chokes:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Masterflo
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
P25
    
	
Size (ID):
    	
in
    	
 
    	
1.45
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Power choke   remote control panel:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hitec
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Drillers   Doghouse
    
	
Glycol   injection:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.14.2    Flexible   Choke & Kill Lines
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(Connecting riser to drilling unit)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Techflow   Flexibles
    
	
ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.15       BOP   TESTING EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.15.1    Hydraulic   BOP Test Pump
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hydroplex
    
	
Model/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
HP 550 Series
    

 

65

 

	
Pressure rating:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
25,500
    
	
Chart recorder:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.15.2    BOP Test   Stump
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Test pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
H4
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
18 3⁄4
    
	
Connected to   deck (welded/bolted):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1 x bolted. 1x   hydraulic extend/retract
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.16       WELLHEAD   RUNNING / RETRIEVING/
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
TESTING TOOLS (RT/RRT/TT)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Wellhead make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Wellhead type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Wellhead size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Pressure rating:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.16.1    RT’s for   Casing Installation
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Mechanical RT-   casing housing sizes:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Hydraulic RT -   casing housing sizes:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Pack Off RT -   casing housing sizes:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Hanger RT -   casing hanger sizes:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Hanger RT -   casing type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Seal Assembly RT   - casing sizes:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.16.2    RRT’s for   Casing Installation
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Seal Assembly   RRT - casing sizes:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Wear Bushing RRT   - casing sizes:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Seat Protector   RRT - casing sizes:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.16.3    Miscellaneous   Tools
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Temporary guide   base RT:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
BOP stack TT:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Multi-purpose   TT:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Conductor casing   jetting head:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Clean out tool:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Lock ring   wellhead release tool:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Seal assembly   torque tool:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Utility guide   frame:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Guide frame   adapter sizes:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.16.4    Booster   Lines (if Fitted)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
OD drill pipe:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Grade:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Hang off method   (sq. shoulder/doughnut):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.16.5    Mini Hose   Bundle For Use With
    	
 
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
Hydraulic Running Tools
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Control line ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    

 

66

 

	
Quantity of lines:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Control line ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity of lines:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
E.16.6    Emergency   BOP Recovery System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Emergency BOP   recovery system:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Clamp below   annular + slings rated for LMRP + BOP, total weight estimated 360 tons
    

 

67

 

	
F.            MUD   SYSTEM/BULK SYSTEM
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.1          HIGH PRESSURE MUD SYSTEM
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
System working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
7,500 psi
    
	
System test   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
11,250 psi proof   test at construction only
    
	
Built to which   design pressure:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7,500 psi
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.1.1       Mud Pumps
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Model 14-P-220 
    
	
Type:   (Triplex/Duplex):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Triplex
    
	
Liner sizes   available:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
7”, 6 1⁄2”, 5 1⁄2”   ceramic
    
	
Mud pump drive   motors:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 each
    
	
Motor type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
General Electric   1,100 hp AC motors (2 ea per pump)
    
	
Continuous power   rating per motor:
    	
hp
    	
 
    	
1,100 hp (per   motor)
    
	
Fluid end:
    	
type
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Maximum working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
7,500 psi
    
	
Test pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Pump stroke   counter:
    	
type
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Supercharging   pump:
    	
type
    	
 
    	
Yes (Halco 8” x   6” x 14”)
    
	
Driven by motor of power:
    	
hp
    	
 
    	
100 hp
    
	
Discharge/Suction   line ID:
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
6”
    
	
M.P. Pulsation   Dampener:
    	
type
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Reset Relief   Valve:
    	
type
    	
 
    	
NOV Titan BX
    
	
Working flowrate   per pump at 90% of spm:
    	
max 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
in
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Pump speed (90% of max.):
    	
spm
    	
 
    	
105 spm
    
	
Pump pressure:
    	
psi   psi
    	
 
    	
4,615 (7” liner)
    
	
Working flowrate @ 100% volumetric output:
    	
U.S. gal/min
    	
 
    	
735 gpm 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.1.2       Transfer Pumps/Mixing   Pumps
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Transfer pumps
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
6
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV Halco
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 x 8 x 14
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Centrifugal
    
	
Drive motor type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Electrical
    
	
Power output:
    	
hp
    	
 
    	
100 Hp @ 1750   RPM
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Mixing pumps
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV Halco
    
	
Model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 x 8 x 14
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Centrifugal
    
	
Drive motor type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Electrical
    
	
Power output:
    	
hp
    	
 
    	
125 Hp @ 1750   RPM
    
					

 

68

 

	
F.1.3       Booster Pump
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A (Use a main   Mud Pump, with dedicated boost standpipe only in mud pump room)
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Pumping capacity   (each):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
U.S.gals/min
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Drive motor   type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Power output:
    	
hp
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.1.4       Standpipe Manifold
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity of   standpipes:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 ( +1 each   boost standpipe in the mud pump room)
    
	
Standpipes ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
5” 
    
	
H-Type Standpipe   manifold:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Kill line   outlet:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Fill-up/bleed-off   line outlet:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Outlets (total):
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3” & 2”   
    
	
Type connections:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Weco Fig 1502   male
    
	
Dimensions OD x ID:
    	
in x in
    	
 
    	
3” & 2”   
    
	
Design standard:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
API
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F. 1.5      Rotary Hoses
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Gates Rubber
    
	
ID x length:
    	
in x ft
    	
 
    	
4” x 113’
    
	
Snubbing lines:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.1.6       Cementing Hose
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type (coflexip, etc):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Coflexip (+   cement standpipe)
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
144’
    
	
ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3”
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000 psi
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.1.7       Chiksan Steel Hoses
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Integral   on-screwed:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Welded
    
	
Make/type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Weco Fig 1502
    
	
ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2”
    
	
Section length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
8 ft
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
Section length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
10 ft Swivel   loops
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
5
    
	
ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3”
    
	
Section length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
3.5 ft
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
Section length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
4 ft
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
11
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Sweep swivels,   make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Weco Fig 1502
    

 

69

 

	
Nom. size ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
2”
    
	
Quantity:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
8
    
	
Nom. size ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3”
    
	
Quantity:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
16
    
	
Suitable for H2S   service:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.2          LOW PRESSURE MUD SYSTEM
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.2.1       Mud Tanks
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
16 / 5 (active /   reserve) 
    
	
Total capacity:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
6,000 bbls +   9,000 bbl
    
	
Height:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
9 ft
    
	
Capacity, tank   No. 1:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
500 bbl
    
	
Type (active/reserve):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Active
    
	
Capacity, tank   No. 2:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
500 bbl
    
	
Type (active/reserve):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Active
    
	
Capacity, tank   No. 3:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
250 bbl
    
	
Type (active/reserve):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Active
    
	
Capacity, tank   No. 4:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
250 bbl
    
	
Type (active/reserve):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Active
    
	
Capacity, tank   No. 5:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
500 bbl
    
	
Type (active/reserve):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Active
    
	
Capacity, tank   No. 6:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
500 bbl
    
	
Type (active/reserve):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Active
    
	
Capacity, tank   No. 7:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
500 bbl
    
	
Type (active/reserve):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
active
    
	
Capacity, tank   No. 8:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
500 bbl
    
	
Type (active/reserve):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Active
    
	
Capacity, tank   No. 9:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
500 bbl
    
	
Type (active/reserve):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Active
    
	
Capacity, tank   No. 10:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
500 bbl
    
	
Type (active/reserve):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Active
    
	
Capacity, tank   No. 11:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
500 bbl
    
	
Type (active/reserve):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Active
    
	
Capacity, tank No. 12:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
500 bbl
    
	
Type (active/reserve):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Active
    
	
Capacity, tank   Slug No. 1:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
125 bbl
    
	
Type (active/reserve):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Active
    
	
Capacity, tank   Slug No. 2:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
125 bbl
    
	
Type (active/reserve):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Active
    
	
Capacity, tank   Chemical No. 1:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
125 bbl
    
	
Type (active/reserve):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Active
    
	
Capacity, tank   Chemical No. 2:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
125 bbl
    
	
Type (active/reserve):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Active
    
	
Capacity, tank   Reserve No. 1:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
1,500 bbl
    
	
Type (active/reserve):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Reserve
    
	
Capacity, tank   Reserve No. 2:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
1,500 bbl
    
	
Type (active/reserve):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Reserve
    
	
Capacity, tank   Reserve No. 3:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
1,500 bbl
    
	
Type (active/reserve):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Reserve
    
	
Capacity, tank   Reserve No. 4:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
1,500 bbl
    
	
Type (active/reserve):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Reserve
    
	
Capacity, tank   Reserve No. 5(Reserve or Waste):
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
3,000 bbl
    
	
Type (active/reserve):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Reserve
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Capacity Sand   Trap:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
60 bbls
    

 

70

 

	
Capacity   degasser tank:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
60 bbls
    
	
Capacity   Desilter Tank
    	
 
    	
 
    	
60 bbls
    
	
Capacity   Desander Tank
    	
 
    	
 
    	
60 bbls
    
	
Capacity Return   Tank
    	
 
    	
 
    	
60 bbls
    
	
Mud agitator in   each tank
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes (except Sand   trap and Degasser)  
    
	
Mud guns in each   tank:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes ( except mud   process tanks ) 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.2.2       Settling Tank
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 
    
	
Total capacity:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
125 bbl   ea.(chem. Tanks .see F.2.1.)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.2.3       Pill/Slug Tank
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity: 2 ea.
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Capacity:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
125 bbl ea. (see   F.2.1.)
    
	
Mud agitator:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Mud guns:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.2.4       Trip Tank
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Capacity:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
60 bbl
    
	
Capacity/unit   length:
    	
bbl/ft
    	
 
    	
5.08 bbl/ft
    
	
Level indicator:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Electric pump   make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV Halco
    
	
Number
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Model/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Centrifugal   2,500 Supreme 6” x 5” x 14”
    
	
Motor output:
    	
hp
    	
 
    	
50 hp
    
	
Facility for   casing fill-up:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
Alarm and strip   chart recorder (see H.1.11):
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.2.5       Stripping Tank
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Capacity:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
8 bbl
    
	
Capacity/unit   length:
    	
bbl/ft
    	
 
    	
1.56 bbl/ft
    
	
Equalizing   facility with trip tank:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
Transfer pump:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.2.6       Chemical Mixing Tank
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity: 2 ea.
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Capacity:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
125 bbl ea.  ( see F.2.1.)
    
	
Chemical mixer   type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Brandt   Agitator / MA-15
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.2.7       Shale Shakers
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Primary:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
7  
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Thule VSM   300 with fume extraction hood Balanced 
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
epiliptical   motion, low profile, cascade shaker
    
	
Driven by no. of electric motors:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Design flowrate (total):
    	
bbl/min
    	
 
    	
2000 Gpm — 18”   flowline (diverter housing — shakers)
    

 

71

 

	
Cascading
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A (Primary   shakers are cascading type)
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Driven by no. of electric motors:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Design flowrate (total):
    	
bbl/min
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.2.8       Desander/Desander
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Brandt —   2,500 Supreme
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Mission
    
	
Number of cones   x size:
    	
no. x in
    	
 
    	
3 X 10”
    
	
Centrifugal pump   type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Mission 
    
	
Centrifugal pump   size:
    	
in x i
    	
 
    	
8” x 6” x 14”
    
	
Driven by electric motor of:
    	
hp
    	
 
    	
150HP
    
	
Is pump   dedicated to Desander:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Max. flowrate:
    	
bbl/min
    	
 
    	
1600 gpm
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.2.9       Desilter
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Brandt/ 2,500 Supreme
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Number of cones   x size:
    	
no. x in
    	
 
    	
24 x 4”
    
	
Centrifugal pump   type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Mission 
    
	
Centrifugal pump   size:
    	
in x in
    	
 
    	
8” x 6” x 14”
    
	
Driven by electric motor of:
    	
hp
    	
 
    	
150 HP
    
	
Is pump   dedicated to Desilter:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Shared with   mudcleaner
    
	
Max. flowrate:
    	
bbl/min
    	
 
    	
1,600 gpm
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.2.10    Mud Cleaner
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Thule /VSM   300
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
VSM 300 (with   Desilter and Desander cone set above)
    
	
Number of cones   x size:
    	
no. x in
    	
 
    	
24 x 4”
    
	
Centrifugal pump   type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
8” x 6” x 14” 
    
	
Centrifugal pump   size:
    	
in x in
    	
 
    	
Mission
    
	
Driven by electric motor of:
    	
hp
    	
 
    	
150 HP
    
	
Is pump   dedicated to Mud Cleaner:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Shared with   desilter
    
	
Max. flowrate:
    	
gpm
    	
 
    	
1,600 gpm
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.2.11    Mud/Gas Separator (Poor   Boy)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-RB Pipetech   / 3122-06
    
	
Gas discharge   line ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
12
    
	
Gas discharge   location, primary:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Crown
    
	
Can discharge be   tied into burner system:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
Mud seal height:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
19’
    
	
Calculated gas throughput:
    	
mmscf
    	
 
    	
1000 Gpm
    

 

72

 

	
F.2.12             Degasser
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Brandt /   D-10
    
	
Centrifugal pump   type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Centrifugal
    
	
Centrifugal pump   size:
    	
in x in
    	
 
    	
6 x 8 x 14
    
	
Driven by electric motor of power:
    	
hp
    	
 
    	
150 Hp
    
	
Discharge line   running to:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Crown
    
	
Vacuum pump   make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Ingersoll-Rand
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Single stage
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.2.13             Mud Agitators
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
10
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Brandt   HMA-30RG
    
	
Driven by   electric motor of:
    	
kw
    	
 
    	
30 hp
    
	
Located in tanks   (see F.2.1 for tank numbers):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1, 2, 5, 6, 7,   8, 9, 10, 11, 12, 3 (20 HP), 4 (5 HP)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Brandt VMA –   10
    
	
Driven by   electric motor of:
    	
kw
    	
 
    	
10 hp
    
	
Located in tanks   (see F.2.1 for tank numbers):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Chemical 1&   2 and Slug 1 & 2
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Brandt /   VMA-5
    
	
Driven by   electric motor of:
    	
kw
    	
 
    	
5 hp
    
	
Located in tanks   (see F.2.1 for tank numbers):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Return, Desander   and Desilter Tanks
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
7
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Brandt   HMA-40RG
    
	
Driven by   electric motor of:
    	
kw
    	
 
    	
40 hp
    
	
Located in tanks   (see F.2.1 for tank numbers):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Reserves   1,2,3 & 4 ; 2 x Res./Waste; Drain tk.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.2.14             Mud Centrifuge
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Brandt   HS-3400
    
	
Feed pump   make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Driven by motor   of power:
    	
hp
    	
 
    	
VFD
    
	
Capacity:
    	
bbl/min
    	
 
    	
200 gal / min
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.2.15             Mud Hopper
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV- Procon /   Auto feed dustfree
    
	
Feed pump   make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV- Supreme   2500 8 x 6 x 14
    
	
Driven by motor   of power:
    	
hp
    	
 
    	
125 HP
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.2.16             Mud Laboratory and   Facilities
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Separate room:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    

 

73

 

	
Equipped with
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Mud balance:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Marsh funnel:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Filtration kit:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
Sand content kit:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
Stopwatch:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.3                              BULK   SYSTEM
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.3.1                    Barite/Bentonite   Silos
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
Capacity of each   silo:
    	
lt
    	
 
    	
113 m3
    
	
Locations:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Midship fwd below deck
    
	
Type weight   loadcell:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Electronic
    
	
Manufacturer:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Thames Side –   Maywood VC 3500
    
	
Pressure rating:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
65 psi   4.4 bar
    
	
Relief   valve(s) installed
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Rock-catcher(s) installed
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Dust-collectors   installed
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.3.2                    Cement Silos
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
Capacity of each   silo:
    	
lt
    	
 
    	
113 m3
    
	
Locations:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Midship below   deck
    
	
Type weight   loadcell:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Electronic
    
	
Manufacturer:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Thames Side –   Maywood VC 3500
    
	
Pressure rating:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
65 psi   4.4 bar
    
	
Relief   valve(s) installed:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Rock-catcher(s) installed
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Dust-collectors   installed
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Separate   mud/cement loading facilitates:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Discharge line   for cement independent from barite/bentonite discharge line:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.3.3                    Cement Day Tanks
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Capacity of each   silo:
    	
lt
    	
 
    	
40 m3
    
	
Locations:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Outside Cement   Room
    
	
Type weight   loadcell:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Electronic
    
	
Manufacturer:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Thames Side –   Maywood VC 3500
    
	
Pressure rating:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
65 psi   4.4 bar
    
	
Relief   valve(s) installed:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    

 

74

 

	
F.3.4                    Surge Tank   for Barite/Bentonite
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2          (one each)
    
	
Capacity of each   silo:
    	
lt
    	
 
    	
6 m3
    
	
Locations:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Sackroom mixing   level
    
	
Type weight   loadcell:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Electronic
    
	
Manufacturer:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Thames Side –   Maywood VC 3500
    
	
Pressure rating:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
65 psi   4.4 bar
    
	
Relief   valve(s) installed:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.3.5                    Surge Tank   for Cement
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Dowell-Schlumberger   free placement
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Capacity of each   tank:
    	
lt
    	
 
    	
70 cuft
    
	
Type weight   loadcell:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Electronic
    
	
Manufacturer:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Thames Side –   Maywood VC 3500
    
	
Pressure rating:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
Non-pressurized
    
	
Relief   valve(s) installed:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
F.3.6                    Bulk   Transfer System (see also C.1.8 - Compressed Air Systems)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Independent air   system for the silos & surge tanks consisting of a high-volume   low-\pressure compressor & air dryer:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Air reduced from   main air supply through pressure Regulators:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Separate volume   tank & drier:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    

 

75

 

	
G.                                   CASING/CEMENTING EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
G.1                            CASING   EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
G.1.1                  API Casing   Drifts
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
For casing OD,   weight, quantity:
    	
in/lbs/ft/no.
    	
 
    	
20”
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
For casing OD,   weight, quantity:
    	
in/lbs/ft/no.
    	
 
    	
13 3/8”
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
For casing OD,   weight, quantity:
    	
in/lbs/ft/no.
    	
 
    	
9 5/8”
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
For casing OD,   weight, quantity:
    	
in/lbs/ft/no.
    	
 
    	
7”
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
G.1.2                  Clamp-On   Type Casing Thread Protectors
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
For casing OD,   quantity:
    	
in/no.
    	
 
    	
13 3/8” / 80 for   racking casing in derrick
    
	
For casing OD,   quantity:
    	
in/no.
    	
 
    	
9 5/8” / 105 for   racking casing in derrick
    
	
For casing OD,   quantity:
    	
in/no.
    	
 
    	
7” / 105 for   racking casing in derrick
    
	
For casing OD,   quantity:
    	
in/no.
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
G.1.3                  Side Door   Casing Elevator
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
For OD casing:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
36
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss   SDS-250-6
    
	
Capacity:
    	
st
    	
 
    	
250
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 sets of   inserts (Total 5 sets of 2)
    
	
For OD casing:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
20 +16 + 13 5/8   + 13 3/8 + 10 3⁄4
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss   VES-SD-500-2
    
	
Capacity:
    	
st
    	
 
    	
500
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2  sets of inserts (Total 3 sets of 2)
    
	
For OD casing:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
9 7/8 + 9 5/8 +   7
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss   VES-SD-750/1000
    
	
Capacity:
    	
st
    	
 
    	
1000
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
TBC
    
	
For OD casing:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Capacity:
    	
st
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
TBC
    
	
For OD casing:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Capacity:
    	
st
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
G.1.4                  Single   Joint Casing Elevators
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 + 2
    
	
For OD casing:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
20 + 16
    
	
Make/type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss
    
	
Safety latches:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
					

 

76

 

	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 + 2
    
	
For OD casing:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
13 5/8 + 13 3/8
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss
    
	
Safety latches:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
For OD casing:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
9 5/8
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss
    
	
Safety latches:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
For OD casing:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
7
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss
    
	
Safety latches:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
G.1.5                  Slip Type   Spiders
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2  (inserts only)
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss PS 1000
    
	
Capacity:
    	
st
    	
 
    	
1000
    
	
W/slips for OD   casing sizes:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
20, 16, 13 5/8,   13 3/8, 9 5/8, 7
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
G.1.6                  Casing   Slips
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss /   CSI
    
	
For OD casing:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
20
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss /   CSI
    
	
For OD casing:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
13 3/8
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss /   CSI
    
	
For OD casing:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
9 5/8
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss /   CSI
    
	
For OD casing:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
7
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
G.1.7                  Casing   Bowls
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss /   200 Ton hinged casing spider
    
	
For OD casing   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
20
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1+1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Varco / CB
    
	
For OD casing   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
20 + 16
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss /   Reducing bushing for HCS-200 
    
	
For OD casing   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
13 3/8 + 9 5/8
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1 Set
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Varco No 1 
    

 

77

 

	
For OD casing   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
13 3/8
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1 Set
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Varco No 2 
    
	
For OD casing (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
9 5/8 - 10 3⁄4 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
G.1.8                  Casing   Tongs
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity (sets):
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Blohm&Voss /   BV-100 (jaws only)
    
	
W/jaws for OD   casing (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
20 + 13 3/8 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Gear-Wrench /   Petrol Beltgrip
    
	
W/jaws for OD   casing (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
36 – 30’ – 26” –   20”
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
G.1.9                  Power   Casing Tongs
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1 (insert for   Hydratong – iron roughneck)
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV/FARR   Hydraulic KT 7585
    
	
W/jaws for OD   casing (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
2 3/8 -  8 5/8
    
	
Max output   torque:
    	
ft lbs
    	
 
    	
25,000
    
	
Torque   indicator:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes 
    
	
Back-up arm:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1 ((insert for   Hydratong – iron roughneck)
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV/FARR   Hydraulic KT 20000
    
	
W/jaws for OD   casing (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
8 5/8 - 20
    
	
Max output   torque:
    	
ft lbs
    	
 
    	
50,700
    
	
Torque   indicator:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Back-up arm:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
G.1.10           Power Unit for   Casing & Tubing Tongs
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
Central HPU for   NOV equipment
    
	
Driven by   electric motor:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
G.1.11           Casing Circulating Head   (Swedge)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
For OD casing:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
G.1.12           Casing Spears (Internal)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
For OD casing:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
For casing   weight:
    	
lbs/ft
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Pack-off:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
G.1.13           Casing Cutters   (Internal)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
For OD casing   (max/min):
    	
in/in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    

 

78

 

	
G.1.14           Crossover to Handle   Casing with DP
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
For OD casing:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Casing   connection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Drill pipe   connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Rated capacity:
    	
st
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
G.1.15           Casing Scrapers
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
For OD casing:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
For casing   weight:
    	
lbs/ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
OD body:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
G.2                            CEMENTING   EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
G.2.1                  Cement Unit
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Owner:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Schlumberger 
    
	
Free placement   basis:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Schlumberger
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
CPS-665, remote   control type, zone 2
    
	
No. of   triplex pumps:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Maximum working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000 
    
	
Maximum flowrate   (total):
    	
bbl/min
    	
 
    	
24.4
    
	
Unit power by   (electric/diesel):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Diesel, in sound   reduction enclosure
    
	
Recirculating   mixing system:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes, Mark III   Slurry Chief Mixer, 8 + 16 bbls
    
	
Capacity:
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
60 sxs/min, 153.6 ton/hr, 11 BBls/min,
    
	
Motor power:
    	
hp
    	
 
    	
1400 
    
	
Liquid additive   system:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Premix/batch   tank:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
CBS-967, remote   control type
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Capacity (total):
    	
bbl
    	
 
    	
200
    
	
Pressure   recorder:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
G.2.2                  Cementing   Manifold
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Discharge   manifold working pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000 
    
	
Cement pump   discharge lines min. ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Cement pump   discharge lines working pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000 (+ cement standpipe available)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
G.2.3                  Cement Kelly
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Nominal size OD:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Total length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Working length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Cement head:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
G.2.4                  Cementing   Tubing
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Length (total):
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    

 

79

 

	
X-overs to   drillpipe specified in sect. D.1.3:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    

 

80

 

	
H.                                   INSTRUMENTATION/COMMUNICATION
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.1                            DRILLING INSTRUMENTATION AT DRILLER’S POSITION
    	
 
    	
Drilling Control   Data Acquisition (DCDA) System Network, comprising the following inputs and   displays:

Machine   Anticollision,

Mud Pump Control   incl. Resume func.,

Mud Pump   Antisync,

Mud Pump Local   control panel Non-Eex,

Standpipe   pressure transmitter,

Choke manifold   pressure transmitter,

Liquid mud tank   levels,

Liquid mud tank   levels in hull,

Trip tank level   transmitter, guided microwave,

Flow   transmitter,

Alarm Horn,

Mud Temp In/Out,   Clamp-On,

Cement Pressure   transmitter,

Density   Transmitter in Liquid mud tank,

Mud pump SPM   proximity switch,

Rotary rpm   proximity switch,

Rotary torque   pressure transmitter,

Top Drive rpm   proximity switch,

Top Drive torque   pressure transmitter,

Hook load   sensor,

Block position   encoder/sensor,

Tong Torque Load   Celle,

Tong Torque   Pressure Transmitter,

CCTV Central,

CCTV Camera NON Ex. Pan/Zoom/Tilt,

CCTV Camera Eex.   Zone 1 Pan/Zoom/Tilt/Auto Focus
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.1.1                  Weight Indicator
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-HITEC
    
	
Sensor type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Load pins at   crown block
    
	
Calibrated for   number of lines strung (6,8,10, 12, etc):
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
14
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.1.2                  Standpipe Pressure Gauges
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Hitec- Digital with ScanSense transmitter
    
	
Pressure range:
    	
psi - psi
    	
 
    	
0-7,500
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV/Pressure Gauge
    
	
Pressure range:
    	
psi - psi
    	
 
    	
0 – 10,000
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Pressure range:
    	
psi - psi
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

81

 

	
H.1.3                  Choke Manifold Pressure Gauge
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Hitec with   transmitter
    
	
Pressure range:
    	
psi - psi
    	
 
    	
0 –  20,000
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV/Pressure Gauge
    
	
Pressure range:
    	
psi - psi
    	
 
    	
0 – 20,000
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.1.4                  Rotary Speed Tachometer
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Hitec SDI
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.1.5                  Rotary Torque Indicator
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Hitec SDI
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.1.6                  Motion Compensator Instruments
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Seatex MRU H /   MRU-M-MB2
    
	
Hook position   indicator:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Lock/unlock   indicator:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.1.7                  Pump Stroke Counters
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV
    
	
One pump stroke   indicator and one cumulative pump stroke counter for each pump:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.1.8                  Tong Torque Indicator
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Hitec SDI
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.1.9                  Pit Volume Totalizer
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Hitec SDI –   VEGA
    
	
Floats in active   mud tanks:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No  (acoustic system installed)
    
	
Floats in   reserve mud tanks:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No  (acoustic system installed)
    
	
Loss/Gain   indicator:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Alarm (audio and   visual):
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.1.10           Mud Flow   Indicator
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-FLOX-0005H
    
	
High/low alarm   (audio and visual):
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.1.11           Trip Tank   Indicator
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Vega
    
	
Chart recorder:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Alarm:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    

 

82

 

	
H.1.12           General   Alarm System
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.1.13           Automatic   Driller
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Automatic   ROP/WOB incorporated in Hitec control system
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.1.14           Remote   Choke Control Unit (see E.14.1)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Hitec
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.2                            DRILLING PARAMETER RECORDER
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
Provided by DCS
    
	
Location - 1:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Toolpusher   Office
    
	
Location - 2:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Company Man   Office
    
	
Location   3:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NOV-Hitec SDI   system
    
	
Quantity of   pens:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.3                            INSTRUMENTATION AT CHOKE MANIFOLD
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.3.1                  Standpipe Pressure Gauge
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
R.B. Pipetech
    
	
Pressure range (maximum):
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
10,000
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.3.2                  Choke Manifold Pressure Gauge
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
R.B. Pipetech
    
	
Pressure range   (maximum)
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
10,000 and   15,000 (fine scale)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.3.1 and H.3.2   combined on one panel:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Visible from   choke operation position:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.4                            STANDPIPE PRESSURE GAUGE
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
SCS Nobel Elektronik / 390-B-M10
    
	
Pressure range:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
10,000
    
	
Visible from   Driller’s position:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.5                            DEVIATION EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.5.1                  Measuring Device
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Totco
    
	
Deviation range:
    	
degree
    	
 
    	
5o+ 10o
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.5.2                  Wireline Winch
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Matthew /   Surveyor II
    
	
Wire length   (nominal):
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
35,000
    
	
Depth counter:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Wire size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
0.105  T-316 Stainless steel
    
	
Pull indicator:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Yes
    

 

83

 

	
H.6                            CALIBRATED PRESSURE GAUGES
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type   instrument gauges:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Size:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Range:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Facilities to   install gauges on:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Standpipe   manifold:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Choke manifold:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Cement unit:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.7                            RIG COMMUNICATION SYSTEM
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.7.1                  Telephone System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
No. of   stations:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
109
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
CMR Korea
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
IOCS-500
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.7.2                  Public Address System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Can be combined   with above:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
CMR Korea
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
CPA-9000
    
	
Explosion proof:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes in hazardous   areas
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.7.3                  Drill Floor - Derrickman’s Talkback
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
No. of   stations:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
13
    
	
Location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Driller’s chair,   AD’s chair, ECR, crownblock,
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
MRC, Bridge,   Cement Unit – Korea
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
MTB-5002E
    
	
Explosion proof:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.7.4                  Hand-Held VHF Radios
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
5
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Icom
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
IC-GM1600  GMDSS Survival   Radio’s
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
5
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Icom
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
ICOM IC-M88-IS

Intrinsically-Safe

Marine channels
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.7.5                  Hand-Held UHF Radios
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
12
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Motorola
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
GP340

Intrinsically-Safe   UHF

5 channel   hand-radios
    

 

84

 

	
H.8                            ENVIRONMENTAL   INSTRUMENTATION
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.8.1                  Temperature Indicators
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Air temperature:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
CMR Korea
    
	
Sea water   temperature:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.8.2                  Barometric Pressure Indicator
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
(Sato)
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
(Sigma II)   Barograph
    
	
Recorder:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
(Weems &   Plath)/ Barometer
    
	
Recorder:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.8.3                  Humidity Sensing Indicator
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Brannam
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Wet Bulb
    
	
Recorder:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.8.4                  Wave Profile Recorder
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Recorder:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9                            DP, Vessel Control and Navigation Systems
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.1                  Dynamic Positioning System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Kongsberg
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
DP Class 3
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Kongsberg (K-POS DP32)

Kongsberg (K-POS DP12)

Designed accord.   to ABS DP-3 & DP Class 3
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.2                  PRS — Position Reference Systems
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.2.1        Differential   Postitioning System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Kongsberg Simrad
    
	
Typeu
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Differential   Postitioning System
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Seatex DPS 132
    
	
Differential   Links:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
GPS L1/L2 –   built in DPS 132
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
IALA – built in   DPS 132
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Inmarsat/SpotBeam   ( demodulator Seastar 3510LR ) Location: Radio Room
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.2.2        Differential   Postitioning System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Kongsberg Simrad
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Differential   Postitioning System
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Seatex DPS 4D
    
	
Differential   Links:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
DGPS/GLONASS
    

 

85

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
IMU (MRU5+)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Inmarsat/SpotBeam   ( Demodulator Seastar 3510LR ) Location: Subsea Office
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.2.3        HPR —   Hydroacustic Positioning System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Kongsberg Simrad
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
HPR
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2 x APOS 501
    
	
Transducer
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2 x HIPAP
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.3                  MRU - Motion Reference Unit
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Seatex MRU 5
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
MRU-M-MB3
    
	
Located at
    	
 
    	
 
    	
ECR, Port and   Starboard HPR Compartment
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.4                  Gyro Compass
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Sperry Marine
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NAVIGAT X Mk1
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Digital Gyro   Compass
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
ECR, Navigation   Room x 2
    
	
Repeater
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Yes, Sperry Marine,4881-AB,   S/n(11381,10516,13485) Qnty-3, Nav Bridge,Bridge Wings
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.5                  Wind Sensors
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
3 x (Observer   Instruments)
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
OMC-160.
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Rotary Cup Type
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Radar Mast,   Derrick
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1 x Gill
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Wind Observer II
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Ultrasonic Wind   Sensors
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Derrick
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.6                  DP Logger
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Kongsberg Simrad
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Integrated   Navigation System
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.7                  Integration Navegation System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Kongsberg Simrad
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
K-Chief
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.8                  Thrusters Control System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1
    

 

86

 

	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Kongsberg Simrad
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
STC-400
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
STC-400 Included   Telegraph THR 4;5 and THR Em’cy Stop
    
	
IP Class
    	
 
    	
 
    	
22
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
K-Bridge Console
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.9                  Bridge Autopilot
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Kongsberg
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.10           Bridge   Watch Alarm System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Samsung
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
WAP Bridge Watch   Alarm System Included 3 Reset/Push Buttons
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
K-Bridge Console
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.11           Gyro   Monitor
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Sperry Marine
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NAVITWIN IV
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
0735-07
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
K-Bridge Console
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.12           Horn   Control
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Saracom
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
HC-7123
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Included Auto   Signal
    
	
LOcation
    	
 
    	
 
    	
K-Bridge Console
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.13           Planning   Computer
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Kongsberg
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
K-Bridge-PL   Radar integrated
    
	
Located at
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bridge – chart   table/K-Bridge-Console
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.14           Watch   Bridge Unit
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quntity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Konsberg
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
HA 459 000 A1
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Extention Alarm   Panal
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
K-Bridge-Console
    

 

87

 

	
H.9.15           CCTV
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
HERNIS – 34   camera system (including drawworks, iron RN fwd, IR aft, moonpool, drill   floor, monkeyboard (2), shale shakers area, pipe decks fwd + aft, crown (2),   helideck, thrusters rooms (6), engine rooms (3), main switchboard room (3),   purifier room (2), ballast pump room, radar mast, fwd  aux machinery room, welltest area (2)
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
EX286W, EX286,   PT9W, PT9W&S7
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
CCTV
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.16           Fire   Detection System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Autronica
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Autro Safe-Self   verify system
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Oil&Gas
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Nav Bridge
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.17           Doppler   Sonar
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NWW-GOTB
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JLN-550 Doppler   Sonar
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NAV Chart Desk
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.18           Echo   Sounder
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JFE - 680
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bridge NAV Chart   Desk
    
	
Recorder:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Changeover   Echosounder :
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC,NQE-929
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.19           Weather   Facsimile
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JAX-9 B
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bridge NAV Chart   Desk
    
	
Recorder:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Paper Code
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6ZPT500108
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.20           Bridge   Radar
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Kongsberg
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
MP 7600 NAV   0575/07
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Fwd;   k-Bridge-Console
    
	
Bandwidth:
    	
cm
    	
 
    	
10 cm
    
	
S/N
    	
 
    	
 
    	
CZC661100GU
    

 

88

 

	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Kongsberg
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
MP7600 NAV   0575/07
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Fwd;   K-Bridge-Console
    
	
Bandwidth:
    	
cm
    	
 
    	
3 cm
    
	
S/N
    	
 
    	
 
    	
CZC611008Y
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Kongsberg
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
MP7600 NAV   0575/07
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Fwd;   K-Bridge-Console
    
	
Bandwidth:
    	
cm
    	
 
    	
3 cm
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.21           SVDR   Remote Alarm Unit
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Samsung
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
WABS
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
SVDR Remote   Alarm Unit Data Voyage
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
K-Bridge-Console
    
	
Recorder
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Yes; NAV   Instrument Room
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.22           Magnetic   Compass
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Saracom
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
MC-180
    
	
Type Approval
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Class A  ISO 499    ISO 2269
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Heli Waiting   Deck
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.23           GPS
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JLR – 7700MKII
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
GPS   Navigator:NWZ 4570B RX NNN4331
    
	
Selector Switch
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Yes, JRC  NCZ-777
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Chart Desk   Console
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.24           Course   Recorder
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
EPSON
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
LQ-300II
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
P172B
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Chart Desk   Console
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.25           Speed Log   Indicator
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JLN-550 Doppler   Sonar
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NWW-60 TB
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Chart Desk   Console
    

 

89

 

	
H.9.26    Speed Distance Indicator
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NWW-7 Distance   Counter
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
K-Bridge-Console
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.9.27    Magnetic Compass Monitor
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Sperry Marine
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
0735-07 Digital
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NAWITWIN IV
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
K-Bridge-Console
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10       RADIO AND COMMS   EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JSS-896
    
	
Location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Radio Room and   Bridge
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.1           SSB Transceiver MF/HF Radio Telephone
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 + 1 (GMDSS   Station)
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC 
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JSB-196 GM
    
	
Facsimile   capable:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Telex capable:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
HF Marine   Transceiver IC-M710
    
	
Facsimile   capable:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
Telex capable:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.2           E.P.I.R.B.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1 
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Float-Free
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JQE-103 406MHz
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bridgewing
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.3           VHF/DSC Radio Telephone
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
3 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC 
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NCM-1770
    
	
Power:
    	
watts
    	
 
    	
25   / 1 
    
	
Channels:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
All Marine
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Radio   Room ; K-Bridge-Console- 2pcs.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.4           UHF Radio Telephone
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Motorola
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
GM-338
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
DP Console ; Radio Room-2
    

 

90

 

	
H.10.5           VHF Radio Transceiver
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JHS-7
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC 
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
DSC VHF 32A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC 
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
DSC VHF NCH 414
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.6           Aero Radio Beacon   Transmitter
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Saracom
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
TS-1B
    
	
Power:
    	
watts
    	
 
    	
120 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.7           Aeronautical VHF   Transceiver
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Saracom
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Jotron TR 810
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
ICOM 
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
IC-A24
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.8           Watch Receiver
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC 
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JSB-196GM
    
	
Frequency:
    	
kHz
    	
 
    	
2182
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.9           UAIS
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JHS-182
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Display Unit
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
K-Bridge-Console
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.10    Radio Telex
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC 
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NDZ-127J Data   Terminal
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Radio Room GMDSS   Console
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.11    Satellite Communication   System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC 
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Fleet F77   JUE-410F
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
A/B
    
	
Facsimile link:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    

 

91

 

	
Telex link:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Telephone link:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Video Telephone
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Other   capabilities:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Internet Link
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.12 SART
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JQX-30A
    
	
Battery Expiry   Date
    	
 
    	
 
    	
07/2010
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NAV Bridge   Port/Stabord
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6 Lifeboats
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.13    Homing Beacon Control
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
SAC
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
SAC Hoaming   Beacon Console
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
K-Bridge-Console
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.14 Distress Message Control   Panel
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NCH-321A
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
K-bridge-Console
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.15 Sound Reception Panel
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
MRC
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
MSR-9200A
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.16    Talk Back Remote Unit
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
MRC
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Talk   Back Main
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
CTA-9200 No: HN   1674
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Communication   Room
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.17 P/A & T/B   REMOTE CONTROLLER
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
CMR
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

92

 

	
P/A   Main (1) (2)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
CPA-9600-1-1 ;   CPA-9600-2-1
    
	
General Alarm
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Communication   Room;ELE EQ. Room
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.18 Bridge Telephone
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
CMR
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.19   Bridge Sound Powered Telephone
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
CMR
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.20 Navtex
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NCR-333 NAVTEX   Receiver
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NR IS1NM518-2
    
	
Printer
    	
 
    	
 
    	
DPLI-414
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.21 DSC/NBDP Modem
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NCT-196N
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
DSC/NBDP GA17020
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
GMDSS console
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.22 Facsimile
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Oki Data   Corporation Thailand
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
F21005B
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Radio Room
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.23 Inmarsat-C
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC NDZ- 127C1   Data Terminal
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JUE 85 ; IME   model NTF-781GM MASS
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
GMDSS Console
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
H.10.24 SSAS
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NEQ-3154
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Push Button
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bridge Console;   Cpt. Cabin
    

 

93

 

	
I.                                        PRODUCTION TEST EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
I.1           BURNERS
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A                (Client Third Party)
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Capacity:
    	
bbl/day
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Weight:
    	
st
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Water requirement   at 100 psi:
    	
bbl/min
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
I.2           BURNER   BOOMS
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Samsung / Swan   neck
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
80 ft
    
	
Horizontal:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Swan neck
    
	
Height above sea   level (at drilling draft):
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
± 22m TBC
    
	
Walkway and   handrails:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Burner platform   size:
    	
ft x ft
    	
 
    	
TBA
    
	
Burner mounting   rotatable:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
yes
    
	
Regulatory   approvals:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
ABS
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
I.3                                 LINES   REQUIRED ON BURNER BOOMS
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
I.3.1        Oil Line
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
4” line
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
1,500 psi
    
	
Connection type   at burner end:
    	
type
    	
 
    	
TBC
    
	
H2S:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Pressure gauge   connection at barge end:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
I.3.2        Gas Line
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
6” line
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
1,500 psi
    
	
Extended beyond   burner by:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
TBC
    
	
Connection type   at burner end:
    	
type
    	
 
    	
TBC
    
	
H2S:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Pressure gauge   connection at barge end:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
I.3.3        Water Line
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
3” line
    
	
Working   Pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
300 psi
    
	
Connection type   at burner end:
    	
type
    	
 
    	
TBC
    
	
Pressure gauge   connection at barge end:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
I.3.4        Air Line
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
4” line
    
	
Working   Pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
150 psi
    
	
Connection type   at burner end:
    	
type
    	
 
    	
TBC
    

 

94

 

	
Pressure gauge   connection at barge end:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
I.3.5        Pilot Gasoline
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
1’’ line
    
	
Working   Pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
150 psi
    
	
Connection type   at burner end:
    	
type
    	
 
    	
TBC
    
	
Pressure gauge   connection at barge end:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
I.4           SPRINKLER SYSTEM
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Sufficient to   give protection to rig and personnel against heat radiation damage from the   burners:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes, salt water   supplied by dedicated cooling water pump in engine room
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
I.5           FIXED   LINES FOR WELL TESTING
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
I.5.1        Drillfloor to Separator   Area
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type   (screwed/welded, both):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Welded
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Size ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
6”
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
15,000 psi
    
	
Connection type   on drill floor:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Clamp No 8 (BX   155 ring gasket)
    
	
Connection type   at separator:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
TBC 
    
	
Number of   valves/lines:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
0
    
	
Size of valves:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
H2S:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
I.5.2        Separator Area to Each   Burner Boom
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type   (screwed/welded, both):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Welded
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1 (1 Port)
    
	
Size ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
4” Oil / 6” Gas   / 4” Water / 4” Air
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
1440 PSI
    
	
Connection type   on separator:
    	
type
    	
 
    	
Weco 602
    
	
Connection type   at boom:
    	
type
    	
 
    	
Weco 602
    
	
Number of   valves/lines:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
0 / 4
    
	
Size of valves:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
0
    
	
H2S:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Valves installed   near separator area for switching gas to either burner:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A (one burner   boom available only, rig will weather vane)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
I.5.3        Mud Pumps to Both Burner   Booms
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type   (screwed/welded, both):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A (Dedicated   sea water cooling pump in engine room)
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Size ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
6”
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
300 PSI
    

 

95

 

	
Number of valves   required:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
0
    
	
Size of valves:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connected to   fire fighting pumps:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
Rated line   capacity at 300 psi:
    	
bbl/hr
    	
 
    	
TBA
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
I.5.4        Rig Air System to   Burners
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type   (screwed/welded, both):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Welded
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Size ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
4”
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
120 PSI
    
	
Non-return   valves fitted:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
I.5.5        Oil Storage Tank To   Overboard
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type (screwed /   welded, both):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Size ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Height above water   level:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection type   at separator area:
    	
type
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
I.5.6        Separator to Ventstack   of Rig
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type   (screwed/welded, both):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Size ID:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Connection type   at separator area:
    	
type
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
I.6           AUXILIARY   POWER AVAILABILITY
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
I.6.1        For Field Laboratory
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Several breaker   feeder:1x15 amp, 3X30 Amp, 5x50amp, 3x60 amp plus 1 220 single phase outlet   and several 110 single phase outlets
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
kw
    	
 
    	
12
    
	
Volts:
    	
v
    	
 
    	
460/480  220/120
    
	
Frequency:
    	
Hz
    	
 
    	
60 hz 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
I.6.2        For Crude Transfer Pump
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
kw
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Volts:
    	
v
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Frequency:
    	
hz
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
I.6.3        For Electric Heaters
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Well test area
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Volts:
    	
v
    	
 
    	
440V,1000A ;   220V ,100A
    
	
Frequency:
    	
hz
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
1.6.4       For ROV
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Well test area 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
PORT &   STBD
    
	
Volts:
    	
v
    	
 
    	
440V (   400/250/100/20 A)
    

 

96

 

	
J.             WORKOVER   TOOLS
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
(NOT   APPLICABLE TO SEMI-SUBMERSIBLES)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

97

 

	
K.            ACCOMMODATIONS
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
K.1         OFFICES
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
K.1.1      Company   Representative’s Office
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Complete with   desk, filing cabinets (s) and other necessary furniture:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes      (as per contract)
    
	
Unrestricted   view to drill floor:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
K.1.2      Contractor’s   Representative’s Office
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Unrestricted   view to drill floor:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
1 only
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
K.1.3      Radio Room
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
K.1.4      Hospital   Room
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Number of   beds/bunks:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Wash basin:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Medical cabinet:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Dangerous drugs:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
K.2         LIVING   QUARTERS
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
K.2.1      Accommodations
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Total beds:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
200
    
	
Quantity of   single bed rooms:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
toilets (private/shared/communal):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Private
    
	
Quantity of two   bed rooms:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
71
    
	
toilets (private/shared/communal):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Private
    
	
Quantity of   three bed rooms:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
6
    
	
toilets (private/shared/communal):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Private
    
	
Quantity of four   bed rooms:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
9
    
	
toilets (private/shared/communal):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Private
    
	
Quantity of six   bed rooms:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
toilets (private/shared/communal):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
K.2.2      Galley
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
K.2.3      Mess   Seating Capacity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Main mess:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
72 seats
    
	
Aux. mess:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
K.2.4      Conference   Rooms
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    

 

98

 

	
K.2.5      Recreation   Rooms
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Recreation   facilities:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
TV:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
Yes (2) +   feed to each cabin
    
	
DVD:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
Yes (2) +   feed to each cabin
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
K.2.6      Other   Rooms
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Laundry:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Dry food   storage:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Refrigerator:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1           (4 sections + handling)
    
	
Change rooms:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Coffee Shop
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Prayer room:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
0
    
	
Training Room
    	
 
    	
 
    	
0
    
	
Gymnasium:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1           (Complete with Sauna)
    

 

99

 

	
L.            SAFETY   EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.1          GENERAL   SAFETY EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.1.1      General   Personnel Protective Gear
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Safety hats
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Contractor only
    
	
(contractor only/everyone/not supplied):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Safety boots
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Contractor only
    
	
(contractor only/everyone/not supplied):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Safety clothing
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Contractor only
    
	
(contractor only/everyone/not supplied):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Ear protection
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Everyone
    
	
(contractor only/everyone/not supplied):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Rubber gloves
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Contractor only
    
	
(contractor only/everyone/not supplied):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Rubber aprons
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Contractor only
    
	
(contractor only/everyone/not supplied):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Fullface visors
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Contractor only
    
	
(contractor only/everyone/not supplied):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Eye shields (for grinding machines, etc.)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Contractor only
    
	
(contractor   only/everyone/not supplied):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Dust masks:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Contractor only
    
	
(contractor only/everyone/not supplied):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Rubber gloves (elbow length for chemical handling)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Contractor only
    
	
(contractor   only/everyone/not supplied):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Explosion proof   hand torches c/w batteries
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Contractor only
    
	
(contractor   only/everyone/not supplied):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Safety belts c/w   lines
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Contractor only
    
	
(contractor   only/everyone/not supplied):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.1.2      Eye Wash   Stations
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
5
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Haws / Shower   and facewash
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Sackroom
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hopper Area
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Shaker room
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Rig Floor
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Engine room
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
19
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Encon / Facewash   station
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
ROV area (1ea)
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pipe Deck (2ea)
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Welding Shop   (1ea)
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Outside BOP   Control & HPU room (1 ea)
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Mud pit room   (2ea)
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Aft Port Upper   deck @ Old paint Locker (1 ea)
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Upper deck close   to moonpool (2ea)
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
C. Engine room   Lower level(1ea)
    

 

100

 

	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
C. Engine Room   Workshop (1 ea)
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
P. ER Electrical   Workshop Store (1 ea) 
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
P. Engine Room   Oil Purifier Room (1 ea)
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
S. Engine Room   Oil treatment Room (1 ea)
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Shaker room   (1ea)
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Sackroom (1ea)
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Outside Mud lab   (1ea)
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Mud Pump Room   (1ea)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.1.3      Derrick   Safety Equipment
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Derrick escape chute (rem chute):
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Derrick safety   belts:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
DBI Sala / Belly   Belt
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.1.4      Derrick   Climbing Assistant
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Alimak   (elevator) / SE-EX 450 DOL
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.1.5      Fresh Air   Blowers (Bug Blowers)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.2          GAS/FIRE/SMOKE   DETECTION
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.2.1      H2S   Monitoring System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Konsgberg IES 
    
	
Sampling points   at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pump room,   discharge manifold area, well test area, bell nipple, moonpool area, drill   floor, driller’s cabin, mud pits room, mud process room, mud pump room, BOP   room, cement room, sackstore, galley and living quarters ventilation system.
    
	
General alarm:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Alarm types   (audible, visual, both) at
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Driller’s console:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Both
    
	
Engine room:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Both
    
	
Mud room:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Both
    
	
Living quarters each level:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Both
    
	
Central area each structural level:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Both
    

 

Pacific Bora Drilling Contract No.

 

101

 

	
Central alarm   panel:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Accomodations   upper deck
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.2.2      Combustible   Gas Monitoring System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Detcon / PS 250
    
	
Sampling points   at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Bellnipple:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Drill floor:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Shale shaker:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Mud tanks:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Ventilation system into living quarters:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Other:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Moonpool,   thruster rooms ventilation intakes, HPR room, fwd machinery room intakes,   well test area, pump room ventilation intakes, engine contol room, engine   room, drillers cabin air intake, welding shop, mechanical Shop, Electrcal   shop, warehouse, BOP room, cement room, sack store.
    
	
General alarm:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Alarm types   (audible, visual, both) at
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Both
    
	
Driller’s console:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Other:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bridge Console,   ECR and around the rig
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.2.3      H2S   Detectors (Portable)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
6
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
MSA
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Watchman   Multigas

(remote with   pump sensing)
    
	
Tests
    	
 
    	
 
    	
LEL / O2 / H2S
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
MSA
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Altair   Multigas-4

(compact   hand-held)
    
	
Tests
    	
 
    	
 
    	
LEL / O2 / H2S /   CO
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.2.4      CO2 Gas   Detectors (Portable)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
TBA
    
	
Phials for CO2:   measuring range
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    

 

102

 

	
From 20 to 200 ppm:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
From 100 tp 600 ppm:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.2.5      Explosimeters
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
MSA
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Explosimeter   Model 2A
    
	
Tests
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Combustible Gases
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.2.6      Fire/Smoke   Detectors Accommodation
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Autronica
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
BS-320
    
	
Fire detection:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Smoke detection:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Central alarm   panel:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Bridge
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.3          FIRE   FIGHTING EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.3.1      Fire Pumps
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
3 x Shinko KV   300 KS
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Three electrical   driven Hyundai Motors 450 KW
    
	
Output (each):
    	
U.S.gals/min
    	
 
    	
750m3/h / 130m   head (each)
    
	
All offtake   points supplied by each pump:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Location of pumps:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Port/Stbd Engine   Room 
    
	
Location of   pumps:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
FWD Machinery   Room Emergency Fire Pump
    
	
Fire fighting   water delivery conforms to IMO MODU Spec:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.3.2      Hydrants &   Hoses
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Hydrants   positioned such that any point may be reached by a single hose length from   two separate hydrants:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity of   hydrants:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
81 exterior / 76   interior
    
	
Hose connections   / hydrant:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2 1⁄2”  exterior / 1 1⁄2” NPT interior
    
	
Length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
15m
    
					

 

103

 

	
L.3.3      Portable   Fire Extinguishers
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity   (total):
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
413
    
	
Type 1 - CO2:
    	
no./lbs
    	
 
    	
58 + 23 (Spare)
    
	
Type 2 — Foam
    	
 
    	
 
    	
0
    
	
Type 2 — Dry   Chemical:
    	
no./lbs
    	
 
    	
199 + 133   (Spare)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Mounted adjacent   to access ways and escape routes:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.3.4      Fire   Blankets
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
9
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Gel blanket
    
	
Location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Galley (2),   Helideck (2), Welders Shop, ER W’shop, Drillers cabin, S. ER Fuel Oil   Purifier Room, P ER Oil & Grease Store.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.3.5      Fixed Foam   Fire-Fighting System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Machinery Spaces
    
	
Approval
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity foam   stored on site:
    	
gal.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Inductor tube:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Foam nozzles:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.3.6      Fixed   Water Fire-Fighting System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Location
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Machinery Spaces
    
	
Specifics
    	
 
    	
 
    	
ER P/C/S, Puri   P/S, Boiler 1⁄2
    
	
Approval
    	
 
    	
 
    	
ABS 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Tanktech
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X-Mist System
    
	
Required Flow
    	
 
    	
 
    	
18 m3/hr
    
	
Number Nozzles
    	
 
    	
 
    	
7 x HL, 60 x LL
    
	
Conforms to
    	
 
    	
 
    	
SOLAS, IMO &   CLASS
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.3.7      Helideck   Foam System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Dedicated system   adequate for at least 10 minutes fire fighting at the rate quoted in the IMO   MODU code:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
SKUM MONITORS
    
	
Quantity of   monitors:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Foam type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
AFFF 3 %
    
	
Rate:
    	
U.S.gals/min
    	
 
    	
3,400 liters/min   Total
    
					

 

104

 

	
L.3.8                   Fixed Fire   Extinguishing System
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Protected spaces
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Engine room, type (Halon/CO2):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
CO2
    
	
Paint locker, type (Halon/CO2):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
CO2
    
	
Emergency generator, type (Halon/CO2):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
CO2
    
	
SCR room, type (Halon/CO2):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
VFD room CO2
    
	
Other - location:  Cargo pump   room, thrusters rooms, boiler room, fwd aux. mach. room, buzz type panel   rooms, engine control room, galley, switchboard rooms, purifier   rooms, IGG room, drilling switch gear room and cement room.
    	
 
    	
CO2
    
	
Alarms (audible,   visual or both):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Both
    
	
Automatic   shutting of mechanical ventilation in protected spaces:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Auto and Manual 
    
	
Remote manual   release located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Main CO2 room,   aft deck
    
	
Remote manual   release located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Fwd Emergency   Locker
    
	
Remote manual   release located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Engine Room   entrance
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.3.9                   Manual   Water Deluge System
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Protected   spaces:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Moonpool, Drill   Floor, Well Test Area

Fwd and Aft   B-deck.

4 Lifeboats   stations

Fwd upper Deck   “Dry Break System”

Heli-Fuel   station
    
	
Water supplied   from fire main line:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.3.10            Water Sprinkler System   in Accommodation
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Automatic:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
Working   pressure:
    	
psi
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Pressurized tank   capacity:
    	
ft3
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.4                             BREATHING   APPARATUS
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.4.1                   General   Sets
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
20 sets + 20   spare cylinders
    
	
Make:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Draeger
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
TBC
    
	
Bottle duration:
    	
min
    	
 
    	
30 min
    
	
Located at:
    	
qty/loc
    	
 
    	
Helideck room,   fwd emerg locker, rig floor, aft emerg locker, engine control room
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.4.2                   Escape   Sets
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
98 sets
    

 

105

 

	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Draeger 
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
TBC
    
	
Bottle duration:
    	
min
    	
 
    	
10 min
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Aft &   Fwd Emerg lockers, cranes, thrusters rooms, engine rooms, electrical   workshop, ET workshop, mud logger unit, mechanical workshop, moonpool, mud   lab, mud pit room, mud process room, p-tank room, rig floor, riser deck, ROV   area, subsea office, warehouse, welding shop, sackroom
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.4.3                   Cascade   Stations
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Locations/outlets   at location:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.4.4                   Breathing   Air Recharge Compressor
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Breathing Air   Module Junior II E
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
TBC
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.4.5                   Compressed   Air Breathing Apparatus Trolley Unit
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Positive   pressure:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Air line length:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Compressed air   bottles:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Size:
    	
ft3
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Including
    	
 
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Face mask:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Demand valve:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Microphone:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Safety harness:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Safety line (incorporating phone line)
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    

 

106

 

	
L.4.6                   Air Purity   Test Equipment
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Draeger 
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Aerotest   Simultan HP
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.5                             EMERGENCY   FIRST AID EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.5.1                   First Aid   Kits
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4 (Doctor’s grab   bags + 1 x ECR; 1 x Dog House; 1 x Helideck)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.5.2                   Burn Kits
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
Nil -part of   above
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.5.3                   Resuscitators
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
4 (1 x Hospital)   (2 x Fire teams) (1 Helideck)
    
	
Charged (spare)   oxygen cylinders:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
11
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.5.4                   Stretchers
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
MACA Offshore   (Collapsible plastic & fibReglass) 
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hospital &   Helideck
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Neil Robertson   (Canvas & wood)
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Helideck;  Fire Team 1 & Fire Team 2
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Aluminium Scoop
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hospital
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
3
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Stokes Litter   Metal baskets 
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Fire Team   Station 1 (2)

Fire Team   Station 2 (1 with floatation)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Plastic   Backboard stretchers with straps and head restraints
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hospital
    

 

107

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Folding  (aluminium & plastic)
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hospital
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    
	
Type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
KED (Kendrick   Extrication Device) 
    
	
Located at:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Hospital
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.6                             HELIDECK   RESCUE EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.6.1                   Storage   Boxes
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Construction   material:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Fiberglass
    
	
Max. height   open:
    	
in
    	
 
    	
1 m
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.6.2                   Equipment
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Aircraft axe:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Large fireman’s   rescue axe:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Crowbar:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Heavy duty   hacksaw:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Spare blades:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Grapple hook:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Boat Hook 
    
	
Length of wire rope attached:
    	
ft
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Quick release   knife:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Bolt croppers:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.7                             RIG SAFETY   STORE
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Equipment to   repair, recharge and restock safety equipment as listed below:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Refer also to   Section L3.3 “Complete spares”
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Foam   concentrate:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Dry chemical   charges:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
CO2 charges for   dry chemical extinguishers:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
CO2 charges for water   extinguishers:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
CO2 charges for   foam extinguishers:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
N/A
    
	
Discharge hoses,   control nozzles and horns & washers for DP extinguishers:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Fire blankets:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Fireproof   gloves:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Rubber gloves -   elbow length:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Rubber aprons:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Rubber boots:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Full face   visors:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Eye shields (for   grinding machines, etc.):
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Dust masks:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    

 

108

 

	
Spare safety   helmets, boots, overalls:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Gloves, hand   torches, batteries, etc:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Spare lifebuoys:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Spare lifebuoy   lights:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Fresh air   blowers/inductors for ventilating enclosed spaces:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Spare life   jackets:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Safety belts c/w   line:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Full safety   harnesses:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Spare   Derrickman’s safety belts:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Spare SCBA   bottles, charged:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.8                             EMERGENCY   WARNING ALARMS
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Approved system   to give warning of different emergencies:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.9                             SURVIVAL   EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.9.1.                Lifeboats
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Umoe Schat-Harding AS
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Totally-enclosed   Conventional launching Gravity
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
TBC
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
6
    
	
Capacity:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
70 persons each
    
	
person/craft
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Locations (fore,   aft, port, stbd):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Port FWD   x2,  Stbd FWD x2, Port Aft x1, Stbd Aft   x1
    
	
Fire protection:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Water Spray   protection
    
	
Emergency Air
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Fitted VHF Radio
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Yes 
    
	
SART
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
EPIRB
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Flares:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Food:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
First aid kits:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.9.2                   Life Rafts
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Viking
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
25P Inflatable 
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
14    (plus 4 spare)
    
	
Capacity:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
25
    
	
person/craft
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Davit launched:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    

 

109

 

	
Locations (fore,   aft, port, stbd):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
4xPF, 4xSF, 3xPA, 3xSA + 4xspare
    
	
Fire protection:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
Radios:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
No
    
	
Flares:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
Food:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
First aid kits:
    	
yes/no
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.9.3                   Rescue   Boat
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Norsafe AS
    
	
Model
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Merlin 615  
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Diesel Water-Jet FRC
    
	
Length
    	
 
    	
 
    	
6.25m
    
	
Capacity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
10 persons
    
	
Engine power:
    	
hp
    	
 
    	
164 HP
    
	
Speed
    	
 
    	
 
    	
28kts @ 3   crew  /    15kts @ 10 crew
    
	
Range
    	
 
    	
 
    	
110 nm @ 3 crew
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.9.4                   Life   Jackets
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
TBC
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
SOLAS
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
362
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.9.5                   Life Buoys
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Danyang
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
DY 5555
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
14
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.9.6                   Survival   Suits
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Stearns
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
I590C  SOLAS 74
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
172
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.9.7                   Work Vest
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Billy Pugh /   Type V
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
20
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
L.9.8                   Escape   Ladders
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Escape   Ladders    ( wood & rope)
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
3 
    
	
Locations
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Accommodation   C-Deck P/S, Poopdeck
    

 

110

 

	
L.9.9                   Distress   Signals
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
SART Transponder   
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC JQX-30A
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
7 (1xeach L/B;   2xBridge)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Type
    	
 
    	
 
    	
EPIRB with   hydrostatic release
    
	
Make
    	
 
    	
 
    	
JRC  JQE-103  406 MHz
    
	
Quantity:
    	
no.
    	
 
    	
1
    

 

111

 

	
M. POLLUTION   PREVENTION EQUIPMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
M.1.                       SEWAGE   TREATMENT
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1 xHamworthy /   ST10 (fwd) 
    
	
System type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Vacuum / Aerobic
    
	
Conforms to   (Marpol, Annex IV, etc.):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
1 x Hamworthy /   STI (aft)
    
	
System type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Vacuum / Aerobic
    
	
Conforms to   (Marpol, Annex IV, etc.):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Yes
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
M.2                          GARBAGE   COMPACTION
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2       (1xPaper & 1xPlastic)
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Tech Oil   Products / Enviro-Pak Compactor  3000
    
	
System type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Pneumatic/Hydraulic
    
	
Conforms to   (Marpol Annex IV, etc.)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Marpol
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
M.3                          GARBAGE   DISPOSAL/GRINDER
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Laboremus TL   5000
    
	
System type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Stand alone ships   rail grinder
    
	
Conforms to   (Marpol Annex IV, etc.):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Marpol
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Make/model:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Loipart 51060BS
    
	
System type:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Electrical   Grinder installed on galley sink
    
	
Quantity
    	
 
    	
 
    	
2
    
	
Conforms to   (Marpol Annex IV, etc.):
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Marpol
    

 

END OF EMBEDDED FILE(S)

 

End of Attachment A1

 

The remainder of the page intentionally left blank.

 

112

 

ATTACHMENT A2 TO EXHIBIT A — SCOPE OF WORK

 

Offshore Drilling Contract No. PBA 3

 

EQUIPMENT, SUPPLIES, MATERIAL AND SERVICES

TO BE FURNISHED BY COMPANY AND CONTRACTOR

 

	
Item
   No.
    	
 
    	
DESCRIPTION
    	
 
    	
Furnished by
   Contractor at
   Contractor’s Cost
    	
 
    	
Furnished by
   Contractor, at
   Company’s cost,
   plus applicable
   handling charge
    	
 
    	
Furnished by
   Contractor, at
   Company’s cost,
   no handling charge
    	
 
    	
Furnished by
   Company at
   Company’s Cost
    	
 
    	
Furnished by
   Company at
   Contractor’s Cost
    
	
100
    	
 
    	
Contractor’s Equipment and Personnel
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
101
    	
 
    	
Rig and ancillary equipment as listed in Attachment   A1,
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
102
    	
 
    	
Personnel as listed in Attachment A3, “Personnel to   be Provided by CONTRACTOR”.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
103
    	
 
    	
Subject to the provisions of Section 7.1, extra   personnel in excess of the normal complement listed in Attachment A3, if   available, to fully support rig operations for both well centers, excluding   Operator supplied Third Party personnel. Extra personnel must be requested in   writing by COMPANY. CONTRACTOR shall provide such additional personnel as   provided in Section 10.2.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
104
    	
 
    	
Overtime beyond normal work schedule for   CONTRACTOR’s personnel when requested by COMPANY. Overtime rates are listed in   Attachment A3
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
105
    	
 
    	
Additional cost (i.e. overtime, lodging,   transport, etc.) resulting from a required evacuation of the drilling   unit due to bad weather.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
106
    	
 
    	
Subject to the provisions of Section 7.2 (H),   any additional equipment or modifications to the Drilling Unit requested by   COMPANY.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
107
    	
 
    	
Spare parts required to keep CONTRACTOR equipment in   good operating order.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
108
    	
 
    	
All spare parts and third party services to keep   COMPANY items in good operating order.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
109a
    	
 
    	
CONTRACTOR to maintain adequate stocks of screens   for the following equipment as listed below:

a.         For each type of shaker   listed in Attachment A1, CONTRACTOR to provide all screens with equal or   larger opening size that DX-84 or equivalent.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
109b
    	
 
    	
b.         Any other CONTRACTOR   owned equipment as per Attachment A1
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

Pacific Bora Drilling Contract No. PBA 3

 

1

 

	
109c
    	
 
    	
c.          All other shale shaker   and flow line cleaner screens.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
110
    	
 
    	
Replacement parts for all solids control equipment   listed in Attachment A1, other than shaker screens as listed in Item 110   above.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
111
    	
 
    	
CONTRACTOR will have scales installed on each bulk tank   in order to weigh contents.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
112
    	
 
    	
CONTRACTOR will have a surge tank or tanks with an   air vent system that minimizes loss of bulk materials.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
113
    	
 
    	
Drill pipe wipers for CONTRACTOR supplied drill pipe
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
114
    	
 
    	
Re-circulating trip tank with Driller’s level   readout. All lines coming out of the diverter housing must be downward   sloping to aid in fluids draining from the diverter housing.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
200
    	
 
    	
General
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
201
    	
 
    	
Offshore drilling permit(s), licenses and clearance,   including Navy Permit
   Drill site surveyed, marked and cleared of obstructions when required
   Transit path surveyed, marked and cleared of obstructions when moving between   locations with the riser and BOP suspended below the rotary table, as mutually   agreed and permitted.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
202
    	
 
    	
All COMPANY radio equipment, including satellite   communications, other than provided by CONTRACTOR
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
203
    	
 
    	
Radio permits and license for CONTRACTOR radio   equipment. COMPANY will assist CONTRACTOR in obtaining these permits if   required by CONTRACTOR.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
204
    	
 
    	
Qualified technician to maintain CONTRACTOR   communication equipment
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
205
    	
 
    	
Telephone calls by COMPANY on CONTRACTOR’s satellite   telephone. Calls by COMPANY’S third party personnel must be authorized,   logged and signed for by the COMPANY Representative on the Drilling Unit. The   original documentation must accompany invoices.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
206
    	
 
    	
Telephone calls by CONTRACTOR on COMPANY’S satellite   telephone. These calls must be logged and authorized by the COMPANY   Representative on the Drilling Unit.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    
	
207
    	
 
    	
Telephone calls by COMPANY’s third party personnel   on COMPANY’s satellite telephone.
   The Radio Operator has the duty of controlling access to satellite telephones   in the radio room and maintaining these logs.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
208
    	
 
    	
Meals and quarters for all CONTRACTOR’s and   CONTRACTOR’s subcontractor personnel and up to and including the specified   number of COMPANY and COMPANY third party personnel, as mentioned in Exhibit D,   the “Compensation”.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
209
    	
 
    	
Meals and quarters for COMPANY and COMPANY third   party personnel, over those mentioned above at the rate specified in   Exhibit D “Compensation”.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

2

 

	
210
    	
 
    	
Rig positioning, weather forecasting, seabed survey   and shallow hazard assessment services as required by COMPANY, CONTRACTOR or   CONTRACTOR’s underwriter’s surveyors.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
300
    	
 
    	
Marine and Logistics
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
301
    	
 
    	
Transport for CONTRACTOR personnel, listed in   Attachment A3, between Point of Origin and COMPANY’s shore base.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
302
    	
 
    	
All transport for CONTRACTOR material and equipment   between point of procurement and COMPANY designated shore base.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
303
    	
 
    	
Air transportation of CONTRACTOR and COMPANY   personnel, between COMPANY shore base and Drilling Unit in the course of   normal duties and storm evacuation. Company reserves the right to select   alternative transportation modes in exceptional situations.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
304
    	
 
    	
If CONTRACTOR requires a special flight to the   Drilling Unit (for example for a tour by management or a prospective client),   then this will be provided at COMPANY’s discretion.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    
	
305
    	
 
    	
Standby and work / supply / towing vessel(s) as   required, including fuel. Standby boat requirements shall be determined by   COMPANY in conjunction with CONTRACTOR.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
306
    	
 
    	
Replacement of supply vessel mooring lines initially   supplied by CONTRACTOR and damaged during course of COMPANY well.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
307
    	
 
    	
Replacement of loading and unloading hoses on board   Drilling Unit initially supplied by CONTRACTOR and damaged during course of   COMPANY well.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
308
    	
 
    	
Loading and unloading services at dock site or   heliport of all material and equipment of CONTRACTOR and COMPANY.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
309
    	
 
    	
Shore base with quay site for loading out CONTRACTOR   equipment.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
310a
    	
 
    	
Certified cargo baskets and slings for quay site   loading out CONTRACTOR equipment.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
310b
    	
 
    	
Cargo baskets for use in transporting COMPANY’s   supplies on supply vessels. The baskets must be fit for purpose, marked with   load rating and equipped with suitable lifting certified slings and baskets.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
311a
    	
 
    	
Wire rope certified slings for pre-slinging of   CONTRACTOR furnished drill pipe and drill collars.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
311b
    	
 
    	
Wire rope certified slings for pre-slinging of   COMPANY furnished drill string
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
312
    	
 
    	
Replacement of metal slings damaged during loading   or unloading of CONTRACTOR furnished drill pipe and drill collars
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
313
    	
 
    	
Adequate open storage for CONTRACTOR equipment and   spare parts at COMPANY shore base while equipment is in transit to rig
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
314
    	
 
    	
Transfer of CONTRACTOR equipment and spare parts between   COMPANY shore base and quay
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

3

 

	
315
    	
 
    	
Transfer of CONTRACTOR equipment and spare parts   between COMPANY shore base and CONTRACTOR’s third party locations.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
316
    	
 
    	
Office for CONTRACTOR shore-based supervisory staff   (three people maximum)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
317
    	
 
    	
Office furniture and supplies for CONTRACTOR   shore-based supervisory staff, subject to COMPANY approval
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
318
    	
 
    	
Transportation of CONTRACTOR Equipment During   Downtime
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
319
    	
 
    	
Transportation for Medical Treatment (including   Emergency Evacuation) of CONTRACTOR’s Personnel to Conakry clinic.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
320
    	
 
    	
Costs Relative to Emergency Evacuation of the   Drilling Unit. - reimbursed to CONTRACTOR from COMPANY
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
321
    	
 
    	
Additional CONTRACTOR’s Personnel requested by   COMPANY Air Transportation from Point of Origin and back
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
400
    	
 
    	
Drilling Equipment & Services
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
401
    	
 
    	
Cementing unit rental
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
402
    	
 
    	
All cementing services (other than the Cementing   Unit) and equipment in excess of the listed in Attachment A1
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
403
    	
 
    	
All cement and additives
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
404
    	
 
    	
Mud engineering services (but CONTRACTOR will carry   out routine mud testing and treatment as required)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
405
    	
 
    	
All drilling fluids and additives, including pallets   if applicable
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
406
    	
 
    	
Mud logging service
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
407
    	
 
    	
All electric well logging services and equipment,   including string shot and back-off equipment. Installation and removal of   equipment.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
408
    	
 
    	
Wireline formation testing, side wall sampling,   hydraulic fracturing and acidizing.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
409
    	
 
    	
Suitable space, as available, for installation of   well logging and mud logging units, mud lab and wireline workshop.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
410
    	
 
    	
Fishing tools for all equipment except CONTRACTOR   furnished drill pipe, drill collars and downhole tools as shown in Attachment   A1.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
411
    	
 
    	
Fishing tools for all CONTRACTOR drill pipe, drill   collars, and downhole tools as Attachment A1
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
412
    	
 
    	
Repair and / or replacement parts for CONTRACTOR   provided fishing tools.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
413
    	
 
    	
Welding services required on COMPANY’s equipment to   the extent available from CONTRACTOR’s labor.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
414
    	
 
    	
Welding materials used on COMPANY’s equipment
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
415
    	
 
    	
Any geological or petroleum engineering services
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
416
    	
 
    	
ROV or diving services, if required for maintenance   or repair of CONTRACTOR’s vessel, unless damages caused by COMPANY third   party.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
417
    	
 
    	
ROV or diving services, if required for work related   to COMPANY’s well or subsea facilities
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
418
    	
 
    	
Extra labor or casing crews for running casing or   tubing
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

4

 

	
419
    	
 
    	
Directional drilling engineering services and   special equipment
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
420
    	
 
    	
Jetting tools for setting 36” and 30” conductor   casing
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
421
    	
 
    	
Well test unit and associated equipment for   production testing including services and including a separate air compressor   for any compressed air needed such equipment, where they are not listed in   Attachment A1.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
422
    	
 
    	
Drilling bits, mills (other than those listed in   Attachment 1 for fishing), hole openers, reamers, under-reamers, casing scrapers,   drilling bumper subs, shock subs, drilling safety joints, hydraulic drilling   jars and similar downhole equipment, including replacement parts
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
423
    	
 
    	
Drill stem testing equipment if required
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
424
    	
 
    	
Handling tools, subs, etc. required for COMPANY   supplied drill pipe
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
425a
    	
 
    	
Initial inspection of CONTRACTOR’s riser, drill   collars, HWDP, drill pipe, subs, pups, hoisting equipment and handling tools   prior to spud of first well
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
425b
    	
 
    	
Subsequent inspections of CONTRACTOR’s riser, drill   collars, HWDP, drill pipe, subs, pups, hoisting equipment and handling tools   during Contract duration and at the end of Contract
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
425c
    	
 
    	
Additional COMPANY requirements during inspections   described in 425a in excess of CONTRACTOR’s standards
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
425d
    	
 
    	
Inspection of COMPANY’s riser, drill collars, HWDP,   drill pipe, subs, pups, hoisting equipment and handling tools prior to spud   of first well.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
426
    	
 
    	
Core barrel and core bits
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
427
    	
 
    	
All third party services pertaining to the drilling,   workover, and completion operations.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
428
    	
 
    	
Any drill pipe, HWDP, drill collars, subs, bits,   reamers, hole openers, stabilizers, shock subs, and other downhole tools in   excess of those provided by CONTRACTOR as shown in Attachment A1.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
429
    	
 
    	
Drill pipe floats for CONTRACTOR supplied drill   strings as shown in Attachment A1.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
430
    	
 
    	
Drill pipe floats for COMPANY supplied drill strings
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
431a
    	
 
    	
Mud pump liners - sizes 6” and 5.5”
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
431b
    	
 
    	
Mud pump liners - other sizes not mentioned in 431a
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
500
    	
 
    	
BOP and Wellhead Equipment
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
501
    	
 
    	
BOP fluid
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
502
    	
 
    	
Initial set rubber goods for BOP stack as per   CONTRACTOR’s specification
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
503
    	
 
    	
All ring gaskets between sub-sea wellhead or tree   and BOP Stack.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
504
    	
 
    	
Replacement rubber goods and ring gaskets, flexjoint   rubbers, riser string seals, including VBR packers, annular elements and   diverter packers, for BOP stacks. Rubber goods to be compatible for use with   OBM.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

5

 

	
505
    	
 
    	
New annular preventer and VBR elements, choke, kill   and boost line and mud gaskets required at start of Contract. CONTRACTOR to   keep spare annular preventer elements as mutually agreed on board the   Drilling Unit at all times.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
506
    	
 
    	
Replacement annular elements during Contract   duration and at the end of Contract
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
507
    	
 
    	
Repair / Replacement / Inspection / Transportation /   Commissioning of CONTRACTOR subsea well control equipment due to abnormal   wear and tear such as key seating with documentation of initial condition and   end condition and proven cause of damage.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
508
    	
 
    	
Replacement door seals for CONTRACTOR supplied BOPs   when changed at COMPANY’s request.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
509
    	
 
    	
Provide equipment to do BOP test independently, as   described in Attachment A1.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
510
    	
 
    	
All wellhead and subsea equipment i.e., subsea well   heads, hangers, pack offs, Christmas trees, corrosion caps, etc.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
511
    	
 
    	
Running and retrieving tools for the following:   LPWH, HPWH, casing hangers, pack-offs, wear bushings, and nominal seat   protectors.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
512
    	
 
    	
Subsea BOP test plugs, both insulation type and sealing   inside the casing hanger.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
600
    	
 
    	
Well Equipment & Supplies
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
601
    	
 
    	
Fuel for all CONTRACTOR’s equipment on the Drilling   Unit (after contract commencement)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
602
    	
 
    	
Helicopter Fuel
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
603
    	
 
    	
An inventory of fuel is to be taken as the rig goes   on and off Contract, and signed for by the COMPANY’s Representative. Any   balance will be reimbursed to the CONTRACTOR (if negative) or deducted from   invoices (if positive) at CONTRACTOR’S documented invoiced cost.
   CONTRACTOR will assist COMPANY by obtaining and documenting on and off   Contract inventories from supply and standby boats on location.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
604a
    	
 
    	
Lubricants for CONTRACTOR equipment
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
604b
    	
 
    	
Lubricants for Drill String (both CONTRACTOR and   COMPANY provided)
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
604c
    	
 
    	
Lubricants for Casing and COMPANY provided equipment
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
605
    	
 
    	
The following items, including all consumable items   used therewith:
   all conductor pipe,
   all casing, attachments and other well tangibles,
   all tubing,
   all completion equipment
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
606
    	
 
    	
Potable water for use on board the Drilling Unit, to   the extent of the capacity of the Drilling Unit’s water makers as per   Attachment A1.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

6

 

	
607
    	
 
    	
Any potable water required in excess of the capacity   of the Drilling Unit’s water makers and any drill water above that provided   by surplus potable water.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
608
    	
 
    	
Any fabrication material (e.g. steel, cable)   provided by CONTRACTOR to assist in rig up of COMPANY third party equipment.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
609
    	
 
    	
All rope, cargo slings (for use by CONTRACTOR on   rig), hand tools and general rig consumables.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
700
    	
 
    	
Waste
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
701
    	
 
    	
Trash compactor and bags for CONTRACTOR waste.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
702a
    	
 
    	
Disposal of CONTRACTOR’s Victual waste, if required   by 33 CFR 151, garbage, refuse, and other non-hazardous waste, in CONTRACTOR   furnished containers.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
702b
    	
 
    	
Disposal of COMPANY’s and COMPANY’s other   contractors’ Victual water, if required by 33 CFR 151, garbage, refuse and   other waster, in COMPANY furnished containers.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
703a
    	
 
    	
Disposal of CONTRACTOR’s scrap metal, drill lines,   drums and other containers that have been emptied, drained and interior   cleaned with water or other cleaning agents.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
703b
    	
 
    	
Disposal of COMPANY’s scrap metal, drums and other   containers that have been emptied, drained and interior cleaned with water or   other cleaning agents.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
704
    	
 
    	
Disposal of CONTRACTOR’s waste oil, waste paint, and   other hazardous waste generated by CONTRACTOR’s Drilling Unit, equipment or   personnel, or CONTRACTOR’s subcontractor personnel and / or equipment during   the term of the Contract. Containers to be provided by CONTRACTOR.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
705
    	
 
    	
Disposal of COMPANY’s waste oil, waste paint, and   other hazardous waste generated by COMPANY’s or COMPANY’s other contractors’   personnel and / or equipment during the term of the Contract. Containers to   be provided by COMPANY.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
800
    	
 
    	
Safety
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
801a
    	
 
    	
All safety equipment for CONTRACTOR personnel,   including self-contained breathing apparatus for emergency work in H2S environments as shown in   Attachment A1.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
801b
    	
 
    	
Self-contained breathing apparatus for work in H2S environment in excess of   that furnished by CONTRACTOR as shown in Attachment A1 and / or cascade   breathing system.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
802
    	
 
    	
Safety equipment (e.g. floats, life belts, work   vests, PPE, fire extinguishers, etc.) for the total complement on board   the Drilling Unit. CONTRACTOR shall not be required to provide normal work   boots, hard hats, coveralls, gloves and safety glasses to non-CONTRACTOR   personnel.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
803
    	
 
    	
Explosion-proof wiring, safety lanyards, and   lighting for the Drilling Unit as required by regulations.
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

7

 

	
804
    	
 
    	
All COMPANY’s or its other contractors’ equipment,   materials or supplies to be brought on board the Drilling Unit shall be   provided with slings properly certified for the load.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
805
    	
 
    	
All COMPANY’s or its other contractors’ equipment to   be brought on board the Drilling Unit shall be properly inspected and   certified as appropriate, including certifications of pressure vessels, prior   to being placed in service on board the Drilling Unit.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
806
    	
 
    	
COMPANY or its other contractors shall provide MSDS   with all chemicals that COMPANY or its other contractors bring on board the   Drilling Unit.
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
X
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

End of Attachment A2

 

The remainder of the page intentionally left blank.

 

8

 

ATTACHMENT A3 TO EXHIBIT A — SCOPE OF WORK

 

Offshore Drilling Contract No. PBA 3

 

PERSONNEL TO BE FURNISHED BY CONTRACTOR

 

1.                                      Number and Classification of Contractor’s Personnel, as per section 6.1 and Personnel Rates as per Section 1.1, Personnel Rates definition:  Shown in table below.

 

2.                                      Key Personnel shall be identified by Contractor and agreed to by Company a minimum of thirty days prior to the Commencement Date of the Contract.

 

The remainder of the page intentionally left blank.

 

Pacific Bora Drilling Contract No. PBA 3

 

1

 

3.                                      Contractor Personnel Headcount and Daily Rate Table

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
NUMBER
    	
 
    	
Shift Schedule
    	
 
    	
Unit Rate
    
	
Key
   Personnel
    	
 
    	
POSITION
    	
 
    	
ASSIGNED
   TO
   THIS
   CONTRACT
    	
 
    	
ON RIG
   AT ANY
   TIME
    	
 
    	
On
    	
 
    	
Off
    	
 
    	
Per day
    
	
K
    	
 
    	
Drilling Superintendent*
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
1
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
2,043
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Sr Toolpusher
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
1
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
1,856
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Toolpusher
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
1
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
1,712
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Driller
    	
 
    	
4
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
1,582
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Assistant Driller
    	
 
    	
8
    	
 
    	
4
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
1,248
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Mud System Operator
    	
 
    	
4
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
971
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Pumphand
    	
 
    	
4
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
816
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Floorhand
    	
 
    	
16
    	
 
    	
8
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
764
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Crane Operator
    	
 
    	
8
    	
 
    	
4
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
971
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Roustabout
    	
 
    	
24
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
715
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Quality & Training Advisor
    	
 
    	
4
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
1,113
    
	
K
    	
 
    	
Technical Superintendent*
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
1
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
2,043
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Planner / Scheduler
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
1
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
1,113
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Electrical / Electronic Supvr
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
1
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
1,582
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
IT Specialist
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
1
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
1,430
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Chief Electronic Tech
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
1
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
1,452
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Electronic Tech
    	
 
    	
4
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
1,201
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Electrician
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
1
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
1,430
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Assistant Electrician
    	
 
    	
4
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
1,201
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Mechanical Supvr
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
1
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
1,582
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Mechanic
    	
 
    	
4
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
1,430
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Assistant Mechanic
    	
 
    	
4
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
1,201
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
1st Engineer
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
1
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
1,448
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
2nd Engineer
    	
 
    	
4
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
1,201
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
3rd Engineer
    	
 
    	
4
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
953
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Motorman
    	
 
    	
4
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
756
    

 

2

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Sr Subsea Engineer
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
1
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
1,885
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Subsea Engineer
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
1
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
1,698
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Assistant Subsea
    	
 
    	
4
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
1,219
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Materials Coordinator
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
1
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
1,160
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Assistant Materials Coordinator
    	
 
    	
4
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
981
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Welder
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
1
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
971
    
	
K
    	
 
    	
Master*
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
1
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
2,043
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Chief Mate
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
1
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
1,849
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Sr Dynamic Pos Operator
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
1
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
1,545
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Dynamic Pos Operator
    	
 
    	
4
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
1,230
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Assistant Dynamic Pos Operator
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
1
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
1,055
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Able Bodied Seaman
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
3
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
12
    	
 
    	
769
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Radio Operator
    	
 
    	
4
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
861
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Medic
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
1
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
1,052
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Bosun
    	
 
    	
2
    	
 
    	
1
    	
 
    	
6
    	
 
    	
18
    	
 
    	
951
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
Total on RIG (Excluding   Catering)
    	
 
    	
164
    	
 
    	
82
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

(K = indicate “Key PERSONNEL”)

 

(* = indicate member of Vessel Management Team VMT)

 

Notes for Attachment A3 Table above:

 

·                                          The figures in column “Unit Rate” are to be used as the basis for adding personnel to the permanent crew and for determining the credit for crew members short.  This includes all Training, Transportation and Catering costs.

 

·                                          It is understood from time to time that there may be a shortfall in certain positions that Contractor makes up for by overtime in equivalent positions or (e.g. Floorhand staying over to work in a roustabout position) as reflected in the daily drilling report (IADC report).  Any downsizing of the crew requested by Company shall be documented in writing to Contractor and is subject to Contractor’s approval, which may not be unreasonably withheld.

 

·                                          Offshore training activities within regular working hours required by Company are considered inclusive in the Base Labor rates outlined in “Unit Rate”.

 

·                                          For training, office work and other onshore activities required by Company, Company shall compensate Contractor the rate specified in “Unit Rate” for every Contractor employee required to participate in the activity.

 

3

 

3.                                      The positions denoted with a K in the first column are to be fluent in English as per Section 6.1 (A) (6) and for the purposes of this Contract are designated as Key Personnel which may not be replaced or substituted without prior Company approval, which shall not unreasonably be withheld.

 

4.                                      The Contractor shall provide all necessary shorebased administration and management support to fulfill its obligations under this Contract.  In particular the Contractor shall provide a Rig Manager who shall be assigned to the services/operations covered hereunder and be provided on a dedicated basis prior to the Commencement Date and covering the initial Services including the Mobilization of the Drilling Unit to Company’s first well location.  The Rig Manager shall liaise with Company’s other contractor’s and supplier’s (e.g., for the provision of Subsea equipment, ROV, mudlogging, Wireline, etc.), participate in  onshore and offshore meetings regarding the initial installation of third party equipment and plan and coordinate Contractor’s activities leading up to and including the Mobilization of the Drilling Unit.

 

5.                                      Contractor’s Additional Personnel, as per Section 6.1(A)(4):

 

Yes:         o   No:    x     If “Yes”, indicate positions below:

 

6.                                      Contractor will provide the following additional personnel as and when required for Contractor’s need, at Contractor’s cost;

 

Catering crew (8-20 persons, depending on total rig personnel on board compliment), service engineers for Contractor’s equipment, medic, paint crews, auditors, flag and class inspectors, trainers, and other subcontractors as required.

 

7.                                      Offshore Contractor Personnel Qualifications:

 

a.              The following offshore positions would be expected to be filled by staff with a minimum of five (5) years’ experience on Floating drilling units and who are fluent in conversational English and who are accomplished in reading and writing English:

 

	
i.
    	
 
    	
Drilling   Superintendent, Technical Superintendent, Master
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ii.
    	
 
    	
Senior Toolpusher, Toolpusher,   Driller, Assistant Driller
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
iii.
    	
 
    	
Chief Mate, Sr DPO, DPO
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
iv.
    	
 
    	
Mechanical supervisor,   Electrical/Electronic supervisor
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
v.
    	
 
    	
QTA
    

 

b.              All other positions shall be filled by staff who have had previous offshore drilling experience.  Contractor shall provide Company with resumes of all Key Personnel to be assigned to the project. Company reserves the right to reject Contractor’s proposed personnel.

 

Minimum Rig Personnel Qualifications Expected By Company:

 

	
i.
    	
 
    	
Drilling Superintendent
    	
(0)
    	
(12)
    	
(13)
    	
(14)
    	
(16)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ii.
    	
 
    	
Senior Toolpusher
    	
(1)
    	
(12)
    	
(13)
    	
(14)
    	
(16)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
iii.
    	
 
    	
Toolpusher
    	
(2)
    	
(12)
    	
(13)
    	
(14)
    	
(16)
    

 

4

 

	
iv.
    	
 
    	
Driller
    	
(3)
    	
(12)
    	
(13)
    	
(14)
    	
(16)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
v.
    	
 
    	
Assistant Driller
    	
(4)
    	
(12)
    	
(13)
    	
(14)
    	
(16)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
vi.
    	
 
    	
Mechanical Supervisor
    	
(5)
    	
(14)
    	
(16)
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
vii.
    	
 
    	
Electrical Supervisor
    	
(6)
    	
(14)
    	
(16)
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
viii.
    	
 
    	
Crane Operator
    	
(7)
    	
(14)
    	
(16)
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ix.
    	
 
    	
Master
    	
(8)
    	
(14)
    	
(15)
    	
(16)
    	
(17)
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
x.
    	
 
    	
Medic
    	
(16)
    	
(18)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
xi.
    	
 
    	
Senior SubSea Supervisor
    	
(9)
    	
(12)
    	
(16)
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
xii.
    	
 
    	
Senior Materials coordinator
    	
(10)
    	
(16)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
xiii.
    	
 
    	
Senior Dynamic Position Operator
    	
(11)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

	
1)
    	
10-years of experience in all phases of onsite   drilling operations. Minimum 2-years of experience as Senior Toolpusher on   floating DP rigs.
    
	
2)
    	
10-years of experience in all phases of onsite   drilling operations. Minimum 2 years’ experience as a Senior Toolpusher on   floating DP rigs.
    
	
3)
    	
7years’ experience in all phases of onsite drilling   operations. Minimum 1 year experience as a Toolpusher on floating DP rigs.
    
	
4)
    	
5 years’ experience in all phases of onsite drilling   operations. Minimum 2 years’ experience as a Driller on floating rigs.
    
	
5)
    	
3 years’ experience in drilling operations. Minimum   1 year as an Assistant Driller on floating rigs.
    
	
6)
    	
5 years’ experience in maintaining and operating   related equipment on a drilling unit.
    
	
7)
    	
5 years’ experience on an offshore drilling rig.
    
	
8)
    	
5 years’ experience as Crane Operator, minimum 3   years’ onboard offshore drilling units. Minimum 1 year operating experience   as a Crane Operator on floaters. Crane Operators must also have current   certification.
    
	
9)
    	
5 years’ operating experience in offshore drilling   operations. Must have thorough knowledge of marine and international   regulatory body requirements as they apply to offshore drilling operations.   Minimum 1 year as Master on same type of Drilling Unit in drilling mode.
    
	
10)
    	
5 years’ experience in operating and maintaining subsea   blowout prevention control equipment.
    
	
11)
    	
3 years’ experience in warehousing, inventory, and   maintenance of adequate stock levels. Must have knowledge of offshore   drilling equipment and computerized inventory control systems.
    
	
12)
    	
5 years’ experience as Dynamic Position Operator in   offshore drilling and marine operations on DP floaters.
    
	
13)
    	
Current valid IWCF, American BSEE-OCS, Norwegian   NPD, or IADC well control certification. Valid shall mean that all well   control certificates have not lapsed in accordance with certifying authority.   This certificate must be valid for the position in which the individual is   employed, i.e., toolpusher with a drillers certificate is not acceptable
    
	
14)
    	
H2S control and operation certification, as   required.
    

 

5

 

	
15)
    	
Safety, first aid, and   fire-fighting certification if applicable as per ship’s station bill.
    
	
16)
    	
Master MODU or   Unlimited Master’s license.
    
	
17)
    	
Proficient English   language skills.
    
	
18)
    	
DP Advanced Operators   Ticket.
    
	
19)
    	
Trained and certified   to international standards as a Medic. Proficient in English language skills.
    

 

Copies of all certificates shall be made available to Company 30 days prior to commencement date of the contract.

 

c.               Shore-Base Personnel

 

Shore-Base personnel minimum requirements.

 

	
i.
    	
 
    	
Rig Manager
    	
(1)
    	
(2)
    	
(3)
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

	
1)
    	
8 years’ experience in   all phases of onsite drilling operations, including 5 years’ offshore   experience and 3 years onshore as Senior Toolpusher/Rig Superintendent/Assistant   Rig Manager or Rig Manager.
    
	
2)
    	
Current Well Control   certification.
    
	
3)
    	
Proficient English   language skills.
    

 

d.              General

 

	
i.
    	
 
    	
All senior staff   positions shall work 35 days on and 35 days off.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
ii.
    	
 
    	
Contractor may not   change Key Personnel without prior approval from Company, such approval shall   not be unreasonably withheld.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
iii.
    	
 
    	
All drill crew   personnel shall be fluent in English and are required to have an up to date   well control certificate. This certificate must be valid for the position in   which the individual is employed, i.e., toolpusher with a drillers   certificate is not acceptable. The certificate should be recognized by an   appropriate governmental regulatory agency such as the US BSEE or IWCF.
    

 

End of Attachment A3

 

The remainder of the page intentionally left blank.

 

6

 

ATTACHMENT A4 TO EXHIBIT A — SCOPE OF WORK

 

Offshore Drilling Contract No. PBA 3

 

APPENDIX A4-I

FINAL ACCEPTANCE FORM

 

Pursuant to the OFFSHORE DRILLING CONTRACT (“Contract”) No. PBA 3 dated as of 28 November 2016 (the “Effective Date”) is made by and between    , a      corporation, with offices at     (“Company”) and Pacific Bora Limited, a Liberian Company, with representative offices at [                ] and Pacific Drilling Operations Limited, a British Virgin Islands company with representative offices at 11700 Katy Freeway, Houston , Texas 77079 (“Collectively Contractor”).

 

Company accepts the Drilling Unit      on (Date) at (Time) as fit for purpose as presented in the contract.

 

Company and Contractor representatives whose signatures are evidenced below hereby agree that the requirements for Final Acceptance as listed in this Attachment A4 to Exhibit A — Scope of Work have been met.

 

The Parties have executed this form as required by OFFSHORE DRILLING CONTRACT (“Contract”) No. PBA 3 in duplicate as evidenced by the following signatures of authorized representatives of the Parties:

 

	
Company:
    	
 
    	
Contractor:
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Signature:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Signature:
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
Name:
    	
 
    
							

 

 

End of Appendix A4-I

 

End of Attachment A4

 

The remainder of the page intentionally left blank.

 

Pacific Bora Drilling Contract No. PBA 3

 

1

 

ATTACHMENT A5 TO EXHIBIT A — SCOPE OF WORK

 

Offshore Drilling Contract No. PBA 3

 

CONTRACTOR SAFETY MANAGEMENT SYSTEM

 

*TO BE ADDED

 

End of Attachment A5

 

The remainder of the page intentionally left blank.

 

Pacific Bora Drilling Contract No. PBA 3

 

1

 

EXHIBIT B — DRUG AND ALCOHOL POLICY

 

Offshore Drilling Contract No. PBA 3

 

DRUG AND ALCOHOL POLICY

 

Pacific Bora Drilling Contract No. PBA 3

 

1

 

 

Copyright © 2009 Pacific Drilling Unpublished Work; all rights reserved.

 

Document Title: Drug And Alcohol Policy

 

Document Id.: HSE-WWD_VVP-002

 

Policy Statement

 

Pacific Drilling is committed to maintaining a healthy, safe, secure and productive workplace. Alcohol, drug or any other substance abuse causes impairment of judgment and consequently leads to an unacceptable increase in risk of adverse effects to the individual(s) involved, their colleagues and the company as a whole. Therefore, Pacific Drilling is committed to a work place that is free of substance abuse of any kind.

 

In order to achieve this, and in compliance with any applicable laws and regulations, we will;

 

·                                          Prohibit the misuse of legitimate drugs and take necessary actions to ensure the legitimate use of prescription drugs is appropriate to the working conditions.

 

·                                          Prohibit the use, possession, sale, purchase or distribution of illicit or un-prescribed controlled drugs whilst working on or at a Pacific Drilling work site or while working on behalf of Pacific Drilling at any location.

 

·                                          Prohibit the use, sale, purchase or distribution of alcohol on or in company property unless previously authorized by an appropriate member of senior management.

 

·                                          Develop and administer a Drug and Alcohol Testing program throughout the company including pre-employment, random, post accident and for cause as appropriate.

 

·                                          Implement unannounced searches for illicit drugs and/or alcohol on company owned or controlled property.

 

·                                          Maintain the awareness of all employees and personnel working on behalf of Pacific Drilling with regard to the potential risks associated with drug and alcohol abuse - including the communication of this policy to all personnel.

 

·                                          Ensure that personnel involved in the administration of any drug and alcohol programs are competent.

 

·                                          Enforce disciplinary actions, up to and including termination, in the case of violation.

 

·                                          Regard alcohol or drug dependency as a treatable condition and implement programs to offer assistance to seek treatment to any individual who voluntarily asks for it, provided that the request is received prior to an observed deterioration in job performance or a violation of the Drug and Alcohol policy or any of its supporting programs.

 

·                                          Monitor the effectiveness of this policy through periodic management review and ensure continual improvement.

 

These governing principles are in addition to the fundamental obligation of all personnel working for or on behalf of Pacific Drilling to comply with relevant laws, regulations and rules.

 

This policy shall be regularly reviewed to ensure it is relevant and suitable.

 

 

	
Name: Christian J.   Beckett
    	
 
    	
Job Title: Chief   Executive Officer
    	
 
    	
Signature:
    	
/s/ Christian J.   Beckett
    

 

1

 

End of EXHIBIT B

 

The page is intentionally left blank.

 

Pacific Bora Drilling Contract No. PBA 3

3

 

Exhibit C

 

Insurance Requirements

 

Operator

 

1)             Operator shall at Operator’s expense acquire and maintain, with an insurance company or companies or P&I Clubs authorized to do business in the jurisdiction where the Work is to be performed, rated B+ or better by A. M. Best or equivalent or broker vetted or through a self-insurance program, insurance coverages, of the kind and in the minimum amounts as follows:

 

a)             Adequate Workers’ Compensation Insurance and Employers’ Liability Insurance or equivalent insurance complying with applicable local laws with limits of US$1,000,000 covering all Operator’s employees working under this Agreement. Such policy shall include territorial extensions for all Work and transportation areas as applicable.

 

b)             Commercial (or Public) General Liability Insurance, including contractual liability coverage.  The limit shall be US$1,000,000 per occurrence/ US$2,000,000 general aggregate.

 

c)              When Operator services require use of motor vehicles, Operator shall procure Automobile Liability Insurance through an admitted carrier in country and/or state of operations covering all owned, non-owned, hired and/or rented automotive equipment with limits of US$1,000,000 combined single limit each occurrence.

 

d)             When Operator is to furnish transportation by air, Operator shall procure or cause owners of such aircraft to procure Aircraft Liability Insurance with limits of US$10,000,000 combined single limits for Bodily Injury and Property Damage and coverage for the following liabilities: public, passengers, property damage, and airport.  Coverage shall be on all owned, rented, and non-owned helicopters and other aircraft and shall include full form Hull insurance with limits equal to the full value of applicable helicopter or other aircraft.

 

e)              When Operator is to furnish transportation by water or other marine services, shall procure full form Hull and Machinery Insurance on American Institute Hull clauses (all risks as amended) or equivalent, including Collision Liability, with the sistership clause unamended. The limits of such insurance shall be the declared value of each vessel (or such other amount as shall be agreed between Operator and Contractor). All such policies shall delete the “as owner” provision and any “other than as owner” limitations and delete any provision that allows underwriters to limit liability to anyone other than the vessel owner

 

f)               Operator shall also procure for such vessels full form Protection and Indemnity Insurance on SP-23 clauses or equivalent and insurance for removal of wreck and/or debris, and liability for seepage, pollution, containment, and cleanup, with limits of not less than US$5,000,000 per occurrence (or such other amount as shall be agreed between Operator and Company subject to the Operator’s insurance policy(ies) terms and conditions).

 

 

g)              Physical Damage Insurance on Operator’s property to the extent of its fair market value.

 

h)             Operator shall also procure Operator’s Extra Expense Insurance in the amount of not less than US$100,000,000 combined single limit per occurrence to cover any and all sums which Operator and/or Contractor may be obligated to incur as expenses and/or liabilities which may be incurred on account of bringing under control an oil or gas well which is out of control or extinguishing an oil or gas well fire, redrilling or repair of loss or damage to an oil or gas well, seepage and pollution, cleanup and contamination arising from operations under this Contract.

 

i)                 Excess Liability Insurance over that required in Paragraph 1) (a), (b) and (c) minimum limits of US$10,000,000.

 

2)             Where applicable Operator shall obtain from its insurers a waiver of subrogation (against the Contractor Group in all of the insurance policies listed above (subject to the protective co-insurance clause as applicable).  Additionally, the Contractor Group shall be named as additional insureds (or protective co-insureds as applicable) in all such insurance policies (with the exception of Workers’ Compensation coverage).

 

3)             Operator will furnish to Contractor at email provided or other approved address provided by Contractor a certificate or certificates evidencing the insurance coverages (or their equivalent) listed above.  On an ongoing basis, Operator will provide insurance certificates on a no less than annual basis evidencing insurance renewals and material changes to insurance coverages or requirements or for the duration of the contract.

 

4)             The Contractor Group, when allowed by the Operator’s policy, shall not be liable for premiums unless required by local statute or law. All deductibles or self-insured retentions under such policies shall be for the sole account of Operator. Operator agrees when requested by Contractor to furnish certified copies of all said insurance policies.  Failure of Contractor to object to any discrepancies or variations between the certificates of insurance or policies required hereunder and the requirements of this Article shall not be deemed a waiver thereof.

 

5)             In the event that liability for any loss or damage is denied by the Operator’s insurers, in all or in part, because of breach by Operator of its contract of insurance or for any other reason, or if Operator’s insurers fail to defend or pay Operator’s claims, or if Operator fails to maintain any of the insurance herein required, Operator shall hold harmless, defend and indemnify all Contractor Group against any and all damages, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses), claims, demands, and causes of actions of every kind and character (collectively referred to in this Agreement for all purposes as “indemnifiable claims”) which would otherwise be covered by said insurance.  The limits of insurance specified herein are minimum limits only, and notwithstanding anything else to the contrary herein Operator’s indemnification obligations under this Agreement (express or implied) shall not be limited in amount or in scope to the insurance coverage provided by Operator. The insurance and release, indemnity, and hold harmless provisions of this Agreement are separate and independent covenants, and it shall not be necessary for either Party to exhaust the insurances available to such Party before calling upon the other Party to honor such Party’s release, indemnity, and hold harmless obligations under this Agreement.

 

 

Contractor

 

1)             Contractor shall at Contractor’s expense acquire and maintain, with an insurance company or companies or P&I Clubs authorized to do business in the jurisdiction where the Work is to be performed, rated B+ or better by A. M. Best or equivalent or broker vetted or through a self-insurance program, insurance coverages, of the kind and in the minimum amounts as follows:

 

a)             Adequate Workers’ Compensation Insurance and Employers’ Liability Insurance or equivalent insurance complying with applicable local laws with limits of US$1,000,000 covering all Contractor’s onshore employees working under this Agreement. Such policy shall include territorial extensions for all Work and transportation areas as applicable.

 

b)             Commercial (or Public) General Liability Insurance, including contractual liability coverage.  The limit shall be US$1,000,000 per occurrence/ US$2,000,000 general aggregate.

 

c)              When contractor services require use of motor vehicles, Contractor shall procure Automobile Liability Insurance through an admitted carrier in country and/or state of operations covering all owned, non-owned, hired and/or rented automotive equipment with limits of US$1,000,000 combined single limit each occurrence.

 

d)             When Contractor is to furnish transportation by air, Contractor shall procure or cause owners of such aircraft to procure Aircraft Liability Insurance with limits of US$10,000,000 combined single limits for Bodily Injury and Property Damage and coverage for the following liabilities: public, passengers, property damage, and airport.  Coverage shall be on all owned, rented, and non-owned helicopters and other aircraft and shall include full form Hull insurance with limits equal to the full value of applicable helicopter or other aircraft.

 

e)              Contractor shall procure full form Hull and Machinery Insurance on American Institute Hull clauses (all risks as amended) or equivalent, including Collision Liability, with the sistership clause unamended. The limits of such insurance shall be the declared value of each vessel (or such other amount as shall be agreed between Contractor and Operator). All such policies shall delete the “as owner” provision and any “other than as owner” limitations and delete any provision that allows underwriters to limit liability to anyone other than the vessel owner

 

f)               Contractor shall also procure for such vessels full form Protection and Indemnity Insurance on SP-23 clauses or equivalent and insurance for removal of wreck and/or debris, and liability for seepage, pollution, containment, and cleanup, with limits of not less than US$5,000,000 per occurrence (or such other amount as shall be agreed between Contractor and Operator subject to the Contractor’s insurance policy(ies) terms and conditions).

 

g)              Physical Damage Insurance on Contractor’s property to the extent of its fair market value.

 

 

h)             Excess Liability Insurance over that required in Paragraph 1) (a), (b) and (c) minimum limits of US$10,000,000.

 

2)             Where applicable Contractor shall obtain from its insurers a waiver of subrogation (against the Operator Group in all of the insurance policies listed above (subject to the protective co-insurance clause as applicable).  Additionally, the Operator Group shall be named as additional insureds (or protective co-insureds as applicable) in all such insurance policies (with the exception of Workers’ Compensation coverage).

 

3)             Contractor will furnish to Operator at email provided or other approved address provided by Operator a certificate or certificates evidencing the insurance coverages (or their equivalent) listed above.  On an ongoing basis, Contractor will provide insurance certificates on a no less than annual basis evidencing insurance renewals and material changes to insurance coverages or requirements or for the duration of the contract.

 

4)             The Operator Group, when allowed by the Contractor’s policy, shall not be liable for premiums unless required by local statute or law. All deductibles or self-insured retentions under such policies shall be for the sole account of Contractor. Contractor agrees when requested by Operator to furnish certified copies of all said insurance policies.  Failure of Operator to object to any discrepancies or variations between the certificates of insurance or policies required hereunder and the requirements of this Article shall not be deemed a waiver thereof.

 

5)             In the event that liability for any loss or damage is denied by the Contractor’s insurers, in all or in part, because of breach by Contractor of its contract of insurance or for any other reason, or if Contractor’s insurers fail to defend or pay Contractor’s claims, or if Contractor fails to maintain any of the insurance herein required, Contractor shall hold harmless, defend and indemnify all Operator Group against any and all damages, liabilities, losses, costs, expenses (including attorney’s fees and expenses), claims, demands, and causes of actions of every kind and character (collectively referred to in this Agreement for all purposes as “indemnifiable claims”) which would otherwise be covered by said insurance.  The limits of insurance specified herein are minimum limits only, and notwithstanding anything else to the contrary herein Contractor’s indemnification obligations under this Agreement (express or implied) shall not be limited in amount or in scope to the insurance coverage provided by Contractor. The insurance and release, indemnity, and hold harmless provisions of this Agreement are separate and independent covenants, and it shall not be necessary for either Party to exhaust the insurances available to such Party before calling upon the other Party to honor such Party’s release, indemnity, and hold harmless obligations under this  Agreement.

 

 

EXHIBIT D - COMPENSATION

 

Contractor shall be compensated by Company for the Services in accordance with the rates set forth in this Exhibit D — Compensation for Services rendered and the Drilling Unit, personnel and all other items furnished by Contractor in conformance with this Contract.  Daily rates shall be prorated on the basis of a twenty-four hour calendar day to the nearest one-half hour.  No other payments shall be due by Company to Contractor other than those specifically provided for in this Contract. Section numbers and summarized descriptions are provided below for convenience; however, if a conflict exists between this Exhibit and the Contract, the body of the Contract prevails.

 

I.                                        MOBILIZATION AND DEMOBILIZATION FEES.

 

1.                                      Mobilization Fee, as per Section 9.1(A):   Payable: o     Not Payable: x

 

If payable, amount of Mobilization Fee: ZERO

 

2.                                      Demobilization Fee, as per Section 9.1(H):    Payable: o       Not Payable: x

 

II.                                   DRILLING SERVICES RATES.

 

All rates are inclusive of any and all other cost (including currency exchange, fees, royalties, operating permit, NCDMB, etc) required to operate in Republic of Guinea, except for taxes (income tax, withholding tax, personal income tax on company personnel, import VAT on CONTRACTOR equipment).

 

1.      Operating Rate, as per Section 9.1(B):

 

The Operating Rate for one (1) firm well + three (3) – 1-well options shall be US$225,000 per day.

 

2.      Moving Rate, as per Section 9.1(C):    Payable: x     Not Payable: o

 

If payable, amount of Moving Rate:    90% of Operating Rate

 

3.      International Moving Rate, as per Section 9.1(D):    Payable: x     Not Payable: o

 

If payable, amount of International Moving Rate:    98% of Operating Rate

 

4.      Standby Rate, as per Section 9.1(E):   98% of Operating Rate

 

5.      Force Majeure Rate, as per Section 9.1(F):   90% of Operating Rate

 

6.      Redrill Rate, per Section 9.1(G):   50% of Operating Rate

 

7.      Off Weather Rate, as per Section 9.1(I):   100% of Operating Rate

 

The remainder of the page intentionally left blank.

 

1

 

8.                                   Variation of Service Rates due to a Change in Operating Cost Elements as per 9.3(D):

 

TOTAL BASELINE OPERATING COSTS:

Drilling Unit Pacific Bora

 

NOT APPLICABLE FOR THIS CONTRACT

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
Baseline Cost
    	
 
    
	
Base Maintenance Element:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Base Labor Cost:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Labor &   Burden (Offshore)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Labor &   Burden (Onshore)
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Total Base Labor   Cost
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Base Catering Cost:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
xx Contractor   Personnel
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
xx Company   Personnel
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Total Base   Catering Costs
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Base Insurance Cost:
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Total Baseline Operating Costs
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    

 

For purposes of the escalation of Maintenance and Labor Cost, the baselines will be adjusted by using the identified Bureau of Labor Statistics (“BLS”) Indices in Sections 9.3(D)(4)(b) and 9.3(D)(4)(c), current as of the date of the adjustment request.

 

III.    REIMBURSEMENTS TO CONTRACTOR.

 

1.        Meals and Lodging for Additional Persons, as per Section 10.4:

 

The Service rates set forth in Part II above include meals and lodging for the following number of Company Persons and those of Company’s other contractors: 10

 

Meals and lodging for additional persons shall be at the following rates:

 

Meals and/or Lodging:   $175 per person per day

 

2.   Reimbursements for Additional Materials & Services, see Sections 7.2(H) and 10.2

 

IV.                               MISCELLANEOUS FINANCIAL PROVISIONS.

 

	
COMPANY’s address for   submission of CONTRACTOR’s paper invoices, as per Section 11.1(A):
    	
 
    	
CONTRACTOR’s banking   information, as per Section 11.2(D)(1): To Be Provided By Contractor.
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Attn:  Mr. Forrest Estep
    	
 
    	
Name of Bank:       xxx
    

 

 

	
12012   Wickchester Lane

Suite 475

Houston,   Texas 77079
    	
 
    	
Bank Routing No.: xxx

Swift:                      xxx

Account No.:          xxx

 

Name on Account:  xxx
    

 

Currency of Payment, as per Section 11.2(D)(3):

 

Partial payment in Local Currency:    Applicable: o     Not Applicable: x

 

Percentage of Compensation payable in:

US Dollar:           One Hundred Percent (100%)

 

Payroll Burden, as per Section 1.1:   Payroll Burden shall mean the following percentage of the straight time salary of each of Contractor’s employees:   N/A

 

Invoice Content and Format, as per Section 11.1: Contractor’s invoices must contain the following information:

 

·                                          The title and number of this Contract.

·                                          The amount due in the Currency.

·                                          If applicable, all the following:

·                                          The amount of local currency due.

·                                          The value added tax, goods and services tax, sales tax or other taxes which Contractor proposes to collect or for which it will seek reimbursement from Company (including a tax assessed against Company but collected by Contractor).

·                                          Contractor’s tax registration number.

 

Accelerated Payment Program

 

The Accelerated Payment Program is not applicable to this Contract.

 

The remainder of the page intentionally left blank.

 

END OF EXHIBIT D

 

3Exhibit 10.2

 

	

    	
 
    

 

 

AWARD LETTER - CONFIDENTIAL

 

December 21, 2016

 

Schlumberger Oilfield Eastern Limited

Attention: Ulisses Sperandio

Delivery via email : sperandio1@slb.com

 

Re:                             Invitations to Bid: ITT-001Mudlogging, ITT-002 Integrated Project Manager, ITT-003 MWD/LWD/BHA/DD, ITT-004 Drilling Fluids, ITT-005 Cementing, ITT-006Wireline, ITT-010 Fishing, ITT-013 Drill Bits, Hole Openers & Underreamers

 

With reference to your tenders submitted to SCS Corporation Ltd, a wholly owned subsidiary of Hyperdynamics Corporation (Company) in response to the above noted Invitations to Tender and further clarifications and negotiations, please be advised that Company has accepted the prices proposed by Schlumberger Oilfield Eastern Limited and contingent upon the execution of each of the Work Orders would like to award the above services to Schlumberger Oilfield Eastern Limited.

 

Please sign below to indicate your acceptance of this award.

 

We look forward to working with you under this agreement.

 

	
Sincerely,
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    
	
/s/ Ray Leonard
    	
 
    
	
Ray Leonard
    	
 
    
	
CEO and President
    	
 
    
	
Hyperdynamics Corporation
    	
 
    
	
12012 Wickchester Lane, Ste 475
    	
 
    
	
Houston, Texas 77079, USA
    	
 
    
	
Phone: +1 713-353-9400
    	
 
    

 

Accepted by:

 

	
/s/ Bunmi Omole
    
	
Authorized representative   of Schlumberger Oilfield Eastern Limited
    

 

	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Name :
    	
Bunmi Omole
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    	
 
    
	
Title:
    	
General Manager
    	
 
    	
Date:
    	
28/12/16

Source: [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00267-of-00352.parquet"}, [{"source": "alea-institute/alea-institute/kl3m-data-edgar-agreements/train-00267-of-00352.parquet"}]]